Coaching Call: From 400K To $1.4M Net Worth in 2 YEARS + Ditching The Rentals!

What’s up simple passive cash flow? This week’s podcast, we are going to be talking to another coaching call. This guy’s got 1.4 million net worth and he is finally ditching the rentals. Now, I would say most of you guys who are investing with us these days, maybe not the vast majority, but. Little more than 50% of you guys have never owned rental property.

It’s funny over the years that this clientele group that ‘s actually owned rentals, like the guy we’re gonna have on the coaching call today. You guys can also check this out on the YouTube channel and it’s probably one of the better places if you wanna actually look at his personal financial sheet.

And look at that stuff. And as always, if you guys wanna sign up for one of these complimentary coaching calls reach out to the team at team@simplepassivecashflow.com. We can change your name identity. We can make it fun. We can be asking for a friend. We’re all, but like ditching the rentals, I think what most accredited investors come to the conclusion of the hardest thing is who do you trust?

And that’s why we say, come out to you. We’ve probably got maybe a couple more weeks or actually maybe a few more weeks until then Hawaii retreat. The Hui five is closing. We are pretty much filled up with family office Ohana Mastermind folks, as we always try and save like half of the seats for them, which means we do have some seats open for people who are not in our Mastermind inner circle to test drive the group out.

And we liked you guys to come out and check out the group once to see if it’s a good fit for. But after that, no, you gotta join. You gotta join the family office group. But my hope is, you come out, you meet yourself, you ask all the questions you want, and more importantly, you meet some other people.

You have a great time, and maybe you meet some lifelong friends too in the process. A lot of that can be very life changing to meet some other people along the path. Some things that I’m personally working on myself here. I was looking at buying a house. I know it’s crazy. I’ve always been a proponent of renting.

One of my big rules is, you don’t buy a house until your network is two or three times greater than that of the house. So if you’re looking to buy a $1 million house, Don’t do it till your net worth is two male female. Now, you probably think I’m a cold, heartless person, a house is something that is not a good return on investment and you can probably do better elsewhere.

And how else are you gonna get unbroke over a million, million and a half dollars net worth unless you invest in investment properties. And most of us in our group are not born from money. First generation wealth first, first generation to get over a million dollars net worth. I’ll be going into more details in the next week’s podcast.

I’ll be talking about what people do on, looking for these home mortgages and stuff like that for the wealthy. So it’s definitely first world problems, but again, if you haven’t yet, please join our investment club. That’s how you get the invites to our events. You guys can join there and check out all the past deals, including the pet fund, Paying out 12, 13% per year, or that’s a little bit over 1% every single month.

It’s in a debt fund arrangement where it’s a little bit lower risk, lower return, it’s not an equity side. And that’s what the market is giving us at the moment. Interest rates. Being sky high, and I can’t make deals work at the moment. So I don’t know how people are doing things out there.

So that’s, I’m just taking what I can get and that’s why the debt fund is becoming more prevalent as a product for us at this point. So if you guys want more details on that simple pass of cash flow.com/club book a call. I like I, we give out free complimentary calls. I wanna get to know each and every single one of you. Enjoy the show.

What’s up folks today. We have a gentleman Jackson here who’s been in a group. I think we met maybe a couple years ago. Or within the pandemic years. When everybody else was, had some free time on their hands and they could study this stuff, but he’s volunteered kindly to open up his personal financial sheet here.

And his net worth is approximately 1.3 million. We’re gonna get into this bunch of questions and I’m sure all of you guys are too scared to ask. I wouldn’t blame you. This kind of takes some gho to get on the internet or a podcast like this, but we also put all these videos.

We must have a couple dozen of these coaching calls. So Jackson is not the only one and we arrange these by networks. So depending on where you are, it’s just easiest to find, if you’re 1.4, maybe you find this way. You start reading down the page from there, but Jackson, thanks for doing this.

Why don’t you give a quick update on what you do for work and how old you are. And just so people get a little context. Sure. Yeah. My name is Jackson. I am currently 34 years old, married. I have one child, an eight month old baby boy. So that’s fun. Profession wise, I am a registered nurse.

I’ve been doing it for about 10 years now. Graduated in 2013, started off working in the emergency department in LA county. It is a very busy department. Just follow that path, right? Good benefit. Government job, winning that pension, the whole plan is to retire with that pension after 25 years and whatnot, but along the way I did pretty well for myself.

Moved up the ladder, became a charge. Nurse, went into management, got my master’s. Currently I’m a director for my hospital and at this point where I’m at after 10 years, I know that I don’t wanna do this forever. I cannot retire off of this and it’s just not sustainable. So I’m just looking for another avenue as far as passive investing and how to find another sense of financial freedom.

All right. And so Jackson, you’re actually rare. I would say in our group most people are, I would say are a little bit older than you and myself, probably in their mid forties. Other kids are a lot older right now. You’re what I call the BEU triangle of parenthood, where we don’t see too many people.

We’ve got. A bunch of Henrys who are young folks making six figures and, not a care in the world and buying Teslas probably. And there’s stupid Tesla whistles too, with their free money. But not many people have the bandwidth to look to doing something else when you have young kids.

At that point. What does your spouse do for work? What’s the situation bandwidth wise, yeah, kid. We actually met at work in the ER, I worked in adults and she worked in pediatrics, so she’s a registered nurse right now. This past year she’s taking care of our baby at home.

And currently going back to school for her master’s to be a nurse practitioner. Okay. And then, so between the two of you guys who likes their job, the least, that’s a good question. Neither of us want to be. A parent at home solely. So we do wanna work, but probably 50, 50, I think part-time positions for the both of us would be ideal.

Okay. So you guys both make pretty good money and it is maybe too early to really tell. It is probably what I hear from other people, what you guys will find is, you guys will keep doing your thing, but one of you guys will have a crappy boss and then that will probably be the front who takes the rent off first.

But hopefully that happens. Although it likely will, both of you guys make about 15,000 per if you guys were both working, is that kind of where you, yeah, that sounds about right, right now I’m making about 200,000 a year salary wise. If you work full time, she would probably be in the one 50 to 180 range.

Yeah. So together you’re definitely above that. $340,000 of just gross income together, this is correct. That’s if she was to work full time though. So right now, since she’s not really working and just focusing on school I think one of our benefits, especially this year is combined. We’re probably looking at 280 combined cuz I would hold the majority of it. Okay, cool. And I don’t know if you did that on purpose, but yeah, I think that’s good.

The only thing I kind of question is like, unless she really wants to become a nurse practitioner and make more money I don’t think paying the money for grad school and all that stuff is like a good investment, especially when you’re gonna see in probably the next five years, your net worth 1.3, male will probably be like two and a half and although two and a half is not there yet.

Yeah. You’re definitely getting over the hump. It’s at that point, you’re gonna be wondering like, why the hell did I do that thing for two to four years? Spending money to get it right. Not only time. But money too, to pay for that degree. I would say if, I don’t know how far along she is now, but if she doesn’t like it or if she’d rather stay at home with the kids or go back to work and just make a respectable six figure salary.

I would say pull out now. Unless you like it, but that’s true. That’s my thoughts. And then, and that clashes with what most people will say, most people will say, yeah, you have to get more because you’re going to be working for 20, 30 years. And then it obviously makes sense, to go from 150,000 a year to, I think they get paid 2 53 something.

And right. I think the master’s worked well for me because I got my master’s in leadership administration and nursing. So that helped me propel at least, get a stepping stone into the director position. So it was the cost benefit that worked out for me. I think for her as a nurse practitioner you get a transition into telehealth.

You could work from home a little bit more flexibility where as a registered nurse, although there’s different fields along with it most of it involves things like patient care hands on works. So I think with the nurse practitioner, it’s just a little bit more flexibility, especially now with this day and age of healthcare where telehealth is really on the rise.

Yeah. I buy that. I like that plan. And so like for you just so I understand when I talk to other people, so for you, like your, the masters was a way for you to get out of the field right. In a way, like actually teaching real people and getting yeah. Okay. I see that in many others, like a lot of our other investors, engineers.

Pharmacists, that’s the same trajectory they get off of the front line as I call it. And into the air condition. You guys are all air conditioned, but yeah, it’s kinda like the construction, it’s nice. It’s nice. When you need that higher level to degree to get out of the construction management in the field role to get a cushy job and just pushing numbers all day long, different quality of life, more freedom.

Yeah. Exactly. But for me in that paper pushing job, I don’t like it. So yeah. Ideally I would wanna do something else, but on a part-time basis, less hours and really just have my passive investments pave the way and help with that. Yeah. And I think that’s something maybe to think about in the future, because at least what I hear from you guys, health professionals, you guys like to interact with people because, you can see the benefit, where, I thinks true. That’s why a lot of engineers don’t like our jobs because we. See people and by you going into that upper level management in the healthcare, you lose that and you become sad, like all the engineers, so yeah. You lose the comradery for sure. I think as nurses, we do we share a lot of interesting stories and experiences.

So yeah, you’re right. That is a key factor to some of our satisfactions in the profession. Yeah, but you got, you’ll have options here in maybe five years or so. So let’s get into the numbers just to sum it up for folks who are listening on the podcast. And we do put this on the YouTube channel.

And then, like I said, if you join the club simple, pass cash, flow.com/club, you will get access to the simple page with all these videos on here, which you can watch all the videos, but net worth 1.3. If we look at the upper left hand corner here nothing really stands out pretty standard.

You guys. Your home and you guys are California, right? Yeah. Correct. Los Angeles. Yeah. So probably what, like a million, 1.2 million house, you guys owe 450, 8,000 on it. So we can talk about that. I think next but you guys are paid off half of it, which is, come to our events, Jackson and people okay.

Might be a little shamed by that, but that’s cool. We’re all learning. okay. Salary and wages. Like I said you’re the only one working right now. But understandable you get the kids. What I really look at is this net cash flow so I don’t know, really have any data on this.

I just use my own, judgment, but. Based on our community where your salary is, your salary should be higher. Because you only have one spouse working. I think you’re, you could be doing a little bit better, but, because you’re only fighting with one arm, basically saving 60 grand a year where you’re at is reasonable, and I guess that’s, maybe we circle back to that point at the end, right? What if your spouse cut bait on the whole nursing thing and just made a hundred grand a year. Now this pops up from 60 grand to 150 grand a year, and now you’re really moving, but we can talk about that at the end, if you want to notate that down.

Okay. Yeah, I was pretty conservative about it. I didn’t include my wife’s potential income. Also budgeted like 12,000 a year for travel expending, expenses. Vacations and things like that. That’s a part of our savings, but I just wanted to budget that out. So the net cash flow is really coming from me.

That’s what I plan to invest, which is not very much, and this is something freshly I’ve been going through too. Like you and I are still in our thirties coming out of our twenties. We’re super cheap. Any vacation over five grand is big. Yep. But then yeah. Yeah. You come to our event, you talk to the dudes in their forties with four, two kids, family.

They’ll tell you, they don’t go anywhere. That’s less than 10, 20 GS. You wow. That’s for one vacation. Okay. So something happens there. I don’t know, man. I just know when you go past that certain age or your family threshold, it’s just like stuff happens and things just cost three X, four X, then what you thought it was.

I like to be there someday, maybe in the next five years. Probably and then, you’ve got, so let’s break it down. Where is your deployable equity? So of the 1.3 million, I’m seeing half a million in your home equity in your house. So where is the other 800 grand or so those already locked up in investment properties.

I have 12 properties now, 17 doors, total. Most of them are single family and duplexes. So those equities, the 20% down payment and whatnot, those are pretty locked up. Okay. Okay. And then the real equity that I have right now is the Osborn road, the duplex on road, number two. That’s the one that I was telling you.

I was working on opening up a HeLOCK for it. Okay. Okay. So there’s 800 grand. Just here. I see you have some stock stuff too. Where did that go? Oh yes. I have a index. That’s my 401k. Okay. Did loan out 50,000 from it to put in a syndication deal but I have about 200, 150 left minus loan. Okay.

So like maybe 10 or 15, 20% of your net worth is in paper assets, the rest alternatives. Yeah. That’s how you do it, man. Everybody asks how much real estate should I get? It’s there’s no rule, but yeah. How much as it, it takes. Yeah. As much as it takes. And I suspect once your net worth goes over, five, 10 million, you, maybe you go back to this type of stuff, this stuff can get tiring.

And maybe talk to, so you acquired all this stuff in 20, 20, 20, 21. maybe for the folks. Yeah, I started, yeah. Tell us the story. Like some of the folks have never owned rental properties since. Okay. Yeah. I started my invest, my real estate investing two years ago at the start of the pandemic. Why did I even look into real estate in the first place is because I was a w two worker.

I remember Trump passed the tax cut jobs act. We couldn’t write off a lot. We weren’t getting any more tax refunds. And I was wondering why this didn’t make any sense. I read rich dad, poor dad, like a lot of the investors did, and we said, oh, you need to do some businesses, invest in real estate, something along the lines with tax benefits.

So long story short COVID happened. This was when I first met you in your podcast. I remember you were talking about syndications at the time, and you said if your net worth wasn’t less than wasn’t more than a million, then go find yourself investment property. And that’s where I was at right worth.

Maybe. 400 K at the time went through turnkey companies and they just kept, I did a cash out refi, actually cash out refi from my primary home used that debt to just continue to buy turnkey investment property 100 to $150,000 ranges, 20% down and just kept on expanding from there. And yeah, at this point I have 17 doors and force indication deals.

Wait so when we first connected net worth 400,000, how did it go up? Like almost a million in two or three years inflation. We had all these properties went up like 40, 50 K some of ’em a hundred thousand just in equity. So that’s what boosted to my net worth, yeah.

Cause you rolled that 20, 20, 20, 21 wave and then you also saved, I’m sure you saved two to $300,000 just from your saving. And your stocks went up a little bit. Yeah. Now you have too much money and now you gotta get rid of these things, these properties. Yeah. But that’s the thing, it’s all on paper, right?

Like now we’ve gotta go through here and sell all this stuff. Talk to me about what’s going on here this 50%, like you bought it with a buddy or yep. With a buddy. When I first started off, I did the first cash out refi took about 300,000 and it afforded me for investment properties out of state in Missouri, Ohio, Texas.

And then my buddy, who’s also reregister nurse similar mindset he wanted to get in on the deal. So I said, all right let’s go 50, 50 down payments. We’ll split everything 50 50. And that, that way I have 10 right now I have 10 conventional loans under my name. It was a way for me to, it benefited me because we are able to.

Put some of those loans under his name, so we can expand more and scale up at the time, when listening to the podcasts and stuff like that, like people talked about owning, 40 properties, 60 properties, but yeah at some point it gets a little bit too much especially with vacancies and evictions and the cost to turn over a tenant.

It, it does eat way at the cash flow. So on paper, it looks like amazing. I, I’m a millionaire on paper, but nowhere near where I wanna be. Yeah. I’m looking down your list here. It looks pretty higher end properties. Maybe they did inflate the prices a little bit, but you’re probably like B class.

Definitely not C-Class properties. So you probably do have a little, yeah. B class tenant profile here. What did, so you are buying this as a buddy, like you got the loans in all your. What was the deal? We split it. So I’ll get one property, put it under my name and then he’ll get the other property, put it under his name and we’ll just go vice versa.

Okay. Geez, you guys are quite tight to the hip now. yeah. yeah. He’s my business partner. He’s he’s my, a good buddy. He’s my best friend. Yeah. So what does he say? Have I talked to this dude? No, not yet. Okay. Now what I would do is I would sell all this stuff at a little discount to him and have him deal with this nonsense.

Okay. And just keep the note in your name. Cuz I mean you bought, you haven’t ran this stuff for very long. Like how many evictions have you had? Only three. And that all happened in 2020. Two only happened this year after the moratorium was lifted. So only three. Okay. I would say out of three evictions, one of ’em is gonna usually be.

Kind of a gut punch, like five grand, 10 grand, like a big trasher property. That’s been my, run rate. So you’re due for a while. Yeah. Yo, it, it happened the one on number four. The property that, so the 50% is with the partner and the one on top is what I own by myself.

And yeah, that one on tech I’m going to, I just finished the eviction. It cost me about 15 grand to fix just to renovate everything, change out the carpets fix the ACS mold and just, yeah. Whole ship bank, 15,000 down the drain. Yeah. Okay. I’ll just, experience share here. Like I had about the same amount of properties and what I did is I put ’em up on that I’m not gonna say the name, but there’s a website out there with a lot of turnkey homes.

And the great thing is that their buyers are really unsophisticated and. So they just, you can just, you can, it’s a great place for you to sell it. Okay. So you can just put it up there with the tenant, with it. Tenant did. So that way you don’t okay. Lose you don’t lose the cash flow and then that way you’re okay.

You’re in a great position cuz you don’t have to, you’re not desperate to sell it. So what I would do it, if it, your partner wasn’t involved right. Is I would throw all up on there for a slightly higher price, maybe 5% over what you think you should get or what they they’re gonna try and like arm wrestle you down.

So they can get their broker fees. Of course. Yeah. That way, they just sell off naturally, cuz there’s a sucker born every day that wants to buy turnkey rentals every day and have ’em just naturally sell off. But like when one of these go vacant, that’s your opportunity to put in 10, 15, 20 grand and rehab it and then sell it, like this and for example, the Caroline.

market value. 1 35. These are retail, right? Like you’re, you’ve got like full price. You’ve got like crap amenities in here, right? Like tenant grade stuff right now. It ain’t gonna sell for this much. Okay. That’s the hard thing about evaluating and it’s all beat up right now cuz you have tenants in there.

So it’s gonna be least 10 grand of repairs. But the idea is if this went vacant, then you fixed it up. You put whatever it takes and then it’s still a good market to sell. So it’ll sell quickly, but you take it off of that, investor website and you go, you find a local broker to sell it retail.

And then, you it’s real estate. You’ll probably get lucky and you’ll find like a a sucker retail buyer who loves your property because you use the right granite countertops in there. Okay. I’m actually meeting with the agent tomorrow. The one on terrace. In Columbus up top of number three.

Yeah. That’s the first one since it’s mine. Solely I wanna sell that one off. Okay. Okay. But do the, don’t you, don’t the thing is you don’t wanna take the tenant out of there. Okay. Yeah. If your agent can guarantee that this thing is gonna sell in two months or less fine, but we’re already talking like September, by the time you get this thing on the market, it’s Halloween and you don’t wanna be selling during that time of the year.

Okay. Especially where we are in the calendar month. But even if it was like March right now, we’re coming into the peak transaction period, I would still put it on the investor website, let it ride there and then just see what you get. And then that way you can be a little bit, you’re still getting great cash flow from this stuff in your.

But however you wanna do it, your agent’s gonna try and trick you to sell it with him. And it could, that’s the right hard thing is you gotta, it sits and he’s gonna wanna get the tenant out of there. And then you’re gonna cut your cash flow stream. That’s the situation you don’t want to be in?

What I would do is I would go into that meeting and say, either I get like some kind of guarantee that this guy’s gonna sell this property with X amount now. Okay. Or just create the relationship now so that when I do have this thing on the website for three to six months, and there’s no action and it goes vacant, then I can pass it off to him.

And he is going to manage my rehab for me. Do you have a contractor to do all this, like your property manager, the managers facilitate the contracting. Okay. So that’s another thing like you’re when you buy to these turnkey providers, you gotta be careful of sometimes the fine. that they’re gonna be, they’re get like first crack at selling your property so they can pick up the easy three to 6% commission.

Oh, okay. So make, before you start talking to other people, figure out if they got you at that. Okay. Typically those property managers are like the crappiest retail brokers. You don’t want to use them, but you may be stuck with them. Okay. Yeah. That makes sense. Okay. Yeah. I have my meeting tomorrow, so that’s good advice.

Yeah. If you have a good relationship with your property manager, you can probably have ’em waive that because they get it, and especially if, you refer them business, sure. They want you to be happy, but I would say that’s how the property management companies actually make their money.

It’s a total grind managing these properties from you. Like you don’t pay enough, I think. Oh yeah. Yeah. Eight, eight to 10% of. You’re talking like a hundred dollars per door, so yeah. For these days. Yeah. They, it’s a tough job, difficult tenants too. So what happened with me? I don’t know what’s gonna happen with you is I, so I did that and seven of my rentals sold in the first year, I think that was like 2017.

So tax wise, I had like quarter million dollars of capital gains, but okay. I had, invested in syndication deals prior to which that’s how I had all the passive losses offset, those capital gains. So people are listening to this. I don’t know why the heck you would ever want to do a 10 31 exchange unless you’re like you’re capital gains is like over two to $3 million.

That’s really the only reason why, I don’t know why anybody I know why they promote it so much. So they, the 10 31 custodians can make a thousand bucks or whatever , but like it’s a really bad strategy if you’re investing in syndications deals and you’re, you. You’re smart about how you manage your passive activity losses.

I guess Jackson, did you see, did you check up your 85, 82 form prior to this? Yeah. I have about 40,000 of passive activity. And then just this year alone, I know I can probably, it’s probably gonna be a hundred grand that I can unlock. That’s just, just sitting there for right now.

Okay. From like your, on your 2021 K one S then yep. And then not even including what did you do in 2022 syndication wise, 2022? I joined three syndication. One of ’em was with you the sanctuary on Broadway, but in 50,000 into there and some storage units and another multi-family apartment, they’re all about 50,000 each.

Okay. You had, prior to this year, you had 140 grand of passive. Is you invested another one 50 in twenty, twenty two. Let’s just call it, two 50 I think is what you should have. You should easily be able to easily absorb, three or four of these sales. Okay. But any questions on that?

How that kind of works? No. And then if I was to sell it, I could reinvest that into another syndication and that will also more, you get more, you’re seeing more depre. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. I figured so. And then it’s, the concept is you’re in an airplane and the noses is going up, but like just gotta make sure you don’t have no passive activity losses cuz after a while the people who are in dozens of deals, they start to get 300, $400,000 of passive losses and it becomes this kind of back room, joking area where everybody hasn’t paid taxes and like half.

A decade, or more Uhhuh . And now you see why, cause you keep right. Keep loading and getting more passive activity losses. And, I’m sure at some point you pay the Piper, but the whole point is delaying the tax bill for long periods of time. Over a decade I think would be pretty easy.

But but E even if so let’s just say one worst case scenario is you put it on the website and you just get, you’re like, crap, I put it for too low and eight of ’em sell, right? Oh, you have $350,000 of capital gains capture, your income isn’t that high.

And that’s, I guess that’s a bad thing, but a good thing is, if your income right now is 200, you could take a hundred grand additional capital gains in 20 22, 20 23. And. You wouldn’t really jump up too much. That’s not the end of the world. . And I say that because a lot of investors, it gets so freaked out about if I don’t have any passive losses, the world is gonna end.

No, your AGI will just go up a little bit more. And in your case, you’re around 200 and it’ll go to two 50 still, no big deal. You gotta, take it on the chin and move on, and just pay the taxes. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. And it’s not that much taxes. But yeah, it’s, that, and it, I think if you do it like that, it’ll naturally like you’ll exit out these things.

And that way you’re not gonna have, you’ll be flush with all this money to quickly invest. And who knows? This year’s already looking like it’s gonna be a slow year. For deals, right? I’m sure that who knows what 20, 23 is. I don’t know if you could adequately there’s always deals out there, right?

If you’re well, networked, there’s always deals out there. I don’t think that’s gonna be a problem, but you don’t, I’m sure like, God, like your yourself, you don’t wanna hold too much cash. Like quarter million thousand dollars of money is, burning a hole in your pocket.

You for a guy like yourself may actually spend it on something stupid, yeah. Like a Tesla I’ve been looking at Tesla. Yeah. Or a lot of Tesla whistles, but but yeah, that’s the nice thing about doing it like this, cuz they, random randomly it’ll just sell it NICES I guess.

But yeah, I, so I sold my, I sold seven of mines in 2017 and then two of ’em, two or three of ’em the next year. and then, and one a year after, something like that. That’s how it happened for me. Okay. The problem with those kinds of websites is it’s like a bidding system and you always get these stupid mobile offers that just totally waste your time.

That’s the frustrating thing about it, but, and you’re gonna get a lot of that, cuz you’re not a motivated seller right, too. Correct? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Cause they’re still, these properties are still cash flowing and I’m not in, in any hurry at this point. One of the things that’s like keeping me wanting to keep the properties is that I’m raising rents, like 20% on all of ’em.

So the cash flow, just multiplied naturally. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Someone like you, I can tell this to most people put your earmuffs on. Yeah. We call this simple passive cash flow. And cash flow is great. But cash flow never created legacy wealth. It’s you selling these properties for 35 grand more profit than you thought how much months of extra $300 a month is that, let me do the math, extra $3,000.

That’s $3,000 a year divided by 35,000 or no, 35,000 divided by if one of these properties sold for 30 th $35,000 more than you thought it was. 30 years of extra, $3,000 a month. That is that’s 11, 12 years, Uhhuh. Yeah. Yeah. Uhhuh, like who cares about cash flow again, other people, this thing, forget I said that.

You’re seeing what I’m saying, right? Yes, Uhhuh. This is, I think what separate. Passive investors who work their day jobs from business owners, right? Who sell their businesses for four, five, 10 million wax like that. That’s what separates people who are in first class or eventually fly first class all the time, like yourself, to people who buy out the plane.

That’s the difference. But let’s get you to 10, $20,000 of passive income first, but that to point what it is like, that’s the sign of what is really like a sea wealth is like the big wax of cash. Like the syndication deal, you put a hundred grand in you, maybe you get this 60 grand, a hundred grand back at served increments.

That’s the big whack of cash. And after a while, maybe you’re seeing this extra $2,000 every quarter, that’s not changing your life one bit, even $2,000 a month that doesn’t change your life one bit. no, I’m still working. So yeah, you’re right. It doesn’t, it’s not a game changer.

Yeah. So same thought process. Like again, we use that to trick you to buy the rental properties initially, but don’t let yeah. Your rents are going up incrementally, then therefore you’re operating income should be going up, but that’s on how these assets are traded. And , that’s the good thing about selling these properties on unsophisticated investor base they’re idiots.

So they’ll buy on for rents. So you’re gonna be the beneficiary of the unsophisticated buyer. Yeah. That makes that makes a lot of sense that you said that. Cause I even have colleagues that, they want to get in on investing and they want to go into buying a investment property. That’s their goal.

And in back of my mind, it’s there’s a lot of risk to it. If you really wanna jump in this game, you need to go full force cuz one, two rentals. You put yourself at risk financially. Yeah. Yeah. To get ’em started. That’s the big thing, you’re becoming, taking that next step as an investor, obviously.

But , this is what you’re transitioning more to a credit investor mindset where you’re looking at things, not on a monthly basis or a quarterly basis. But on one year at the shortest, but more like 3, 4, 5 year time horizons. I was looking at a deal the other day on it’s like a crazy land deal, but it’s gonna take 10 years to come out of the oven and actually make money or put, potential to be sold personally.

I’m not there yet. I’m not willing to wait 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 years for anything. So 10 years, no money until you actually sell the property. That’s where you get your returns. Yeah. But I would like. Eight X, 20 X my money. Oh yeah. Okay. But I understand intuitively if you maybe find me in 10 years, I’d be all about that type of stuff.

. But at this point in time, I have the self awareness to, to say even though it’s good for me in the long term, that’s not what I’m looking for now. So you’re in the middle too, right? Yeah. The deals, because I’m taking on debt to invest in syndications. I need to see some kind of preferred return to at least offset any interest that I have to pay.

Another question too is, since I’m looking more into these type of deals, like how do you really know who’s a good operator? Like how do you know they’re gonna come correct and perform and have a full turnaround in that five to seven year? That’s expected, everybody’s a internet marketer these days, right?

Every. A silly podcast, especially after 2018, 2018, everybody’s got a book it’s just a, it’s a fake it till you make it game. And I’ve been around a lot of these types of, like ecosystems, where they teach people how to do this stuff. They slap the gurus face on the website and they pay the guru 20 grand and the guru hasn’t done shit either.

It’s, this is why I stopped going to a lot of these real estate conferences, cuz they’re all fake. Anyway, like the guy speaking on the stage, hasn’t gotten done Jack and I’m fooled. I have to ask some of my inner circle partners on do you know this person? So what I tell folks is at the end of the day, it’s all your network is your net worth, right?

Like why recreate the wheel on your own? Like how I did, I’ve invested with some bad partners and even as LP, right? Like I’ve lost money. You don’t know until you get into bed with people, but, or you expand your network and just follow your, your peers, your close, inner circle into, follow them into the end zone, have them tackle for you.

There’s two ways. Okay. And that’s why, we have over 90 people now in our family office, inner circle group, it’s a pay to play group. Yeah. But that’ll naturally happen from a group like ours. But it’s more than that, I think that naturally happens. It’ll come through in a conversation, but the people there, they’re more about building relationships with the edge, each other, who’s gonna hang out there in vacations or, hang out. People traveled, like that’s really more important because you’re seen already in five years, you just, all you gotta do is make 10%, or 8% you can probably put your money back in the stock market.

Like you don’t really need. These alternative investments, right? You’ve got that penetration. If you’ve got past that point of no return, 2 million to 3 million net worth, but the currency that you’re gonna want is the social relationships. So that’s my pitch for the family office group. If people are interested more, they go to support pass cash, flow.com/journey.

But to me that’s really I don’t think you’ve come to any of the events. Like we allow people to test drive it once and get a, a look at the people, cuz at least myself personally, like prior to 2016, I was, just doing what you were doing, although myself and until I found myself in a room with all these other crazy accredited investors, buying properties site unseen or doing syndication deals, I thought I was completely crazy.

And that’s what you need to, at least for once, to have the conversations, we can talk about this next, the HeLOCK thing. The, most people think taking on five, 6% on your HeLOCK is crazy. You like, like you said you said you need right now where your mindset is, you need to have a pre to cover it.

Yeah. But I wanna tell you the pre means Jack, the pre is not guaranteed preferred rate turns really means nothing in my opinion. But it’s just, you have to have faith that, or know via your network that somebody you’re working with is proven and gonna do what they say they’re gonna do. Or even in bad times, the assets still beats that certain rate.

But to this is something that, we can talk in theory on this call, but until you meet other people and, build relationships with them that are doing the same thing that went over this intellectual hump, it is, it’s just not gonna. It’s not gonna happen. I guess then you won’t find other things to invest in and and that’s the hard thing, right?

You are your five people you hang out with most. If you don’t have at least a couple other credit investors in that fi that five people, you’re not gonna go anywhere, you’re just gonna stay where they are. But that’s my big thing. And I think it goes beyond so like at the Hawaii retreat we have, we always gonna have like half of the people who are inner circle people, and then the other half are the people kind of test driving the organization.

They’re the ones coming in and, they, it they mix immaturely in my opinion. Like they come in and ask, who’s your lawyer, who’s your CPA. Oh, it B yeah. These people stealing money, what’s happening. And I get it. That’s the normal tendency for most people that do.

And it’s probably what you’re gonna do. , but what I’ll say is look what the more experienced investors are doing, right? They’re chilling, they’re meeting other people. They’re getting to know them personally. They’re not talking about money investments yet. , that happens privately at other times.

More naturally, right? But I think for most investors who’ve never met anybody. Who’s crazy enough to take money out of their home equity and put it into something that might make double or triple that, it’s new for most people. . we, I think that’s important to see that happen.

Firstly but for some reassurance, like that is what the mastermind people are doing. Like they’re taking out their HeLOCK at 7% interest rate and investing that in syndications. Yeah. This is the number one most common question. Cause the way you guys think about it. And I thought about, I thought it this way at one time, we were all taught to be good kids and pay off our debts, right? Yeah. So you have a hundred thousand dollars loan and you’re paying 5%. So what is that? $5,000 a year. Yeah. Probably for you, it’s more like double that right. 200 grand, 10 grand of interest payments per year. So that’s, let’s call it a thousand bucks a month.

That probably freaks you out a little bit. Like I got this a thousand dollars. It’s almost like a big car payment, but the way to think about it and it takes a while to get there is if with high confidence that you’re gonna make the Delta on that, you’re gonna be making at least 10%, maybe in 15, 20%, who knows.

Then it’s just a matter of. and you just had to eat that cost. And that’s where we look at, like the sum don’t look at the monthly payments, look at the sum. How long is it gonna take for you to get traction in these investments? If things go bad, maybe a couple of years like 20,000 bucks and that’s not that much money for the doomsday snare that you have to feed so what’s the normal solution.

Just take out 220 grand dude and just keep 20 grand on the side. Yeah. And then going back to the interest rate thing, that’s all it is. And I think you understand that, but logically, right? If you’re making, if you’re making 15% in your investments and those investments are also helping you save taxes too.

Which is also important to quantify, but let’s just look at it strictly from an interest rate or return perspective. If as long as your Helo is less than that with a. Minor safety buffer should be fine. Yeah. And, but it’s hard, right? I mean you’re well, what’s hard is cuz I haven’t seen a deal go full circle yet.

Like I’m invested se four deals, but I haven’t seen like the real returns where I could speak upon it with confidence, not like the single family homes where I said, yeah, I, I see rental increases. I see the market increases and I’ve experienced it so I can talk with confidence with it. Syndications is relatively new, but it’s more attractive.

Especially being a passive, very passive route versus the owning your own property. Yeah. But the owning your own property there just getting off of the Zillow, house up numbers, then it’s just. That’s all fake numbers anyway. And you have to actually sell it and go through some friction costs of rehabbing.

It and the commissions to get your true walk away number. But that’s, I think that’s, what’s hard for folks like in this commercial world, like there’s no Zillow on like our $40 million property. We’re not gonna tell you how much that thing is worth. We don’t know. That’s you get an appraisal or you get a real bid on somebody wanting to buy it.

That’s your price. But I think you, you have to just, out of those four deals, you’re in, I’m sure like out of, one of the four, something will happen in the next couple years right now it’s a standstill, right? Like it’s just not a transacting time. Cuz interest rates are a little bit spike now.

I think if the interest rates didn’t go up, I’m sure like one of the four for you would’ve cashed out or refinanced the next year. And then you’ll see. 30 grand just dump at least dump into your account. And then you’re scratching your head and it’s this is awesome.

Yeah. Yeah. This is awesome. Yeah. But like also that was my milk money or that’s, that was my interest payments for my 200,000 HeLOCK for, three, four years, and then now it’s that whole idea of now you’re playing with house money. Okay. And I, or you can talk to other people, build real relationships with friendships, if you call it and four, four of them can tell you this and you just have to trust them via proxy.

But yeah like I think this is the same thing with, I dunno if you’re doing infinite banking, but we have the same thing that happens in our mastermind group. Like guys will get a big infinite banking policy and they’re it’s same thing. If interest rates are the same, right?

Like four, 5%, although it’s. Tax deductible, but so is your HeLOCK should be tax deductible. But they’re like the same exact thing. Just change out the world’s HeLOCK for my infinite banking policy loan for myself, then they’re think, thinking, are you guys paying off your interest or are you paying monthly or you guys even paying off your loans?

And then I don’t even have to say it in that group. Like people will already automatically chime in, or we got like a private discord group too. No, man, don’t worry about it, dude. It’s just like the whole I HeLOCK thing. And then people, oh, okay. Same thing. Got it. Essentially, you’re just playing the same game as the banks, right?

The banks they lend their money out at, higher rate and then they , it’s the same thing. It’s just rate arbitrage takes a little while it takes liquidity for you to get the traction going. But you’ll get traction at some point. So that was my. Thought one of my questions regarding the HeLOCK is, should I pull out the money, invest it and then pay it down.

With the idea of once it’s paid down earlier than the five years to just redeploy again and again, could use it as a for savings. I would pull the Helo. I would get monetize all the money out of the Helo because the PLOS can get pulled at any point. And that’s why the helos aren’t ideal, there are a great way for people to get started and, you used it to get started, right? But I would say once you get proof of concept, either move into, move your equity into an infinite banking policy where they can’t pull that stuff from you and you own it, and the rates are better and you also get the life insurance component and the asset protection.

There’s just so many reasons more why the banking is better. Put it into there. So you’re just shifting your equity over. Or, but I think the problem there is now you’re like, oh, now I’ve created this large gap in my home equity debt. I have this payment. Yeah. But if you have the money in your infinite banking, you could just pay it off.

Do you really have it? Or did you just, create another hole for yourself? That’s displaced another gap. yeah. That’s cause the infinite baking, I just, I could just withdraw. I could just withdraw if I really needed it. Yeah. If you really needed to, if your grandma, great grandma got reborn and was, you were totally ashamed for having debt.

Yeah. You could just replace it. Okay. Yeah. That makes sense. I didn’t think of it that way, but yeah, that makes a lot of sense. Yeah. I get it, like you have this other payment and you think you have to pay it off. I tell people don’t worry about it. It sounds irresponsible.

If you have the money. Then, do you really need to pay it off? And this is the whole concept of other people’s money, right? If I, and in here, this is like where it clashes with some people’s really old school mentality. Some people either it’s an Asian thing or like an older generation thing.

They say at some point I want to pay down my debt, but from a money theory perspective, why, if you’re making positive cash flow and it’s growing at the end of the day, like you’re loan, the value, your debt amount really means nothing. I don’t know why people really look at it too much. It’s more about debt, surface coverage ratio and your liquidity.

When things go bad, it doesn’t matter how much equity you have. They you’re gonna shut down your loans and you’re gonna be frozen. It all matters how much liquidity you have. Yeah, right? Yeah. Yeah. Cause it’s all your equity’s all on paper. Yeah. I, this kind of was made very evident to me.

Like we have a one very affluent partner and he’s doing, he’s harvesting all this equity monetizing getting in his bank. He don’t care about the debt. No, the loan of value on his assets. He don’t care because he knows just like the last several recessions, when things get hard, you, they freeze your lines, you can’t get money out of it.

And they still want you to pay your debt service. . But if you have this boatload of liquidity somewhere, you can always keep feeding that. And it’s just a matter of time before things normalize. Again, you get out of there, but here the people have a false sense of security, right? They’re trying to pay off their properties.

What they do. You got 50% paid off or 80% or a hundred. In tough times, nobody, the banks don’t care. You’re you really should never get to a hundred percent, but you’re still gonna have a payment. don’t care. All they care you care about is liquidity and how much you can feed that.

So if you had 20 grand extra and things got really bad, that could feed your payments for two years. Yeah. That exactly does that. That should make you feel pretty confident, right? Yeah. I mean it’s a long time. I’m sure I can find another 10 grand if needed to take it another year. No big deal.

Yeah. That’s a different mindset shift. Sure. Different. It makes, yeah, it makes a lot of sense. Yeah. Most times people focus more on the percent of loan, the value but what it really is the liquidity and then how much cash flow positive. Of or debt service coverage ratio, which is a byproduct of how much cash flow you have or lack thereof.

Okay.

But in a nutshell, I don’t know, I do it, I don’t have a house, but I see a lot of other people doing it. Yeah. Yeah. But, and I did have one more question. So at this point, is it better to invest in like multiple syndications? Just weave it out, a bunch of 50,000 to a hundred thousand dollars deals or really focus on like the bigger projects or whatnot?

I think, I’ll just tell you what most people do. I’m not necess necessarily signing off on the strategy per safety. Sure. What most people will do is they’ll spread it around quite a bit, go with the minimums or, Of a hundred grand, if you’re over a couple million , get to a point where you’re pretty diversified, same theory as your rental properties.

Like you said, I think both of us would agree that one, the five properties is not enough diversification. If one goes bad, it’s gonna be sad, a little bit. Yeah. Be a downer for a few months, but right now you’re at, over a dozen or so if one goes down, you’re oh, that was a bummer.

Anyway. So same thing. Yeah. Think about it like that. Everybody’s a little bit different, maybe a dozen syndications, just try and race up there. Okay. There. And I think maybe you’re doing this too, but another like big beginner mistake is people will diversify into too many operators and too many asset classes.

That’s the, okay. That’s the normal tendency, it’s you’re unleashed in the Las Vegas buffet and you just get everything right. Just Chinese foods, pot stickers, pizza, pasta, seafood, you just go a little bit. You kind of people tend to spread themselves a little thin.

Yeah. Getting the trailer parks and multi-family storage units. Yeah. Yeah. Like this joker came up with my LinkedIn feed. That must be great. Yeah. Uhhuh. But that’s, everybody does it, I guess that’s, what’s cool about that is naturally you get experience and you parlay that into interacting with people.

And really my group is the only group that’s like that the rest of it’s just a bunch of like broke guys, trying to be general partners who are trying to fake it to the naked. Like they don’t have money. Interacting with those types of people is a waste of. , but like by actually coming in and saying, oh, I have a I’m in six indication deals, that’s some street cred.

Right there. And maybe one of ’em is not good doing good. And that’s more street cred too. Or that brings value into relationships. Or at least Jackson knows who not to invest with. But yeah, I think that, that’s, that, that kind of makes sense or, no, it does.

Absolutely. Absolutely. Yeah. OB obviously the more advanced people in our family office group, it comes, it came up a few times where, you know, some of the more experienced people, what they review is reveal is they went down that initial beginner state of a lot of deals, a lot of operator, a lot of asset classes.

And then once they see the deals turnover, or they, they just build certain affinities to certain. To people or, asset classes or whatever, and then they start to consolidate it down, maybe a factor of two. So if they’re, in a, in I guess the other thing that’s happening too at the same time is like, most people will test with a certain smaller portion of their net worth.

And then when it works, then you unleash the beast. Maybe you’re investing 300 grand initially, but if it, if you know it’s working, I know you’re gonna start to unload all this stuff. That’s a million, that’s and yeah that’s the plan. That’s what I have in my mind right now is what I have to do next is really just trade off the single family homes for syndication deals.

Take off something more passive and just let it ride. I’m don’t wanna give you advice, man, but of course, Understood. Maybe the direction you’re heading is, you get into a dozen deals at, the minimums and then you get, go through this first round of who do you like, who actually says what they’re gonna do?

Hopefully nobody steers your money. And then from there you decide, all right, I like this half better. And I’m gonna, do double the amount, a hundred, $150,000 minimums or two, quarter million or whatever. Okay. And you start to do that. And then but the other, that kind of makes you shrink your amount of your choices, but I would still, the other thing that I would think about is, and it’s good to like space out these investments too, right?

If I always thought if you have 24 deals, that’s always a nice number. I think I’m in like 80 or a hundred, it’s a little bit too much, but that’s this kind of what I do. And I’ve got staff to help too, for the. book. Not really bookkeeping, but just that one time a year, when I get a shit ton of K ones back, you have a hundred deals as a LP LP G P oh, okay.

Mean, there’s a check boxes on the K ones, but they’re never right. Like everything on the K ones never. I don’t know why have people that freak out? They freak out because they only have one or four K one S but those K one S are never. And I think I’ve talked to CPAs about it and the CPAs are just like the only important thing is like box four, or I don’t like the deductions one in your gain.

That’s the only important stuff. Okay. But I’m not giving you tax advice here. Of course. Of course, course, the, that’s why, if you have a you’re in most of these deals last five years, right? Yeah. On average. So if you’re going into a deal, a quarter, four times five, If that’s 20 deals.

So that’s why I rounded up to a couple dozen now. That’s I, the ideal, model, nobody ever hits that myself included, but that, I think that’s a good model maybe to be shooting for. So that, if we’ll do this in the retreat I got all ideas, imagine your perfect day. I’ll send everybody out to the beach and then, what does your day look like? Are you working or maybe you’re not right. Maybe you’re just doing the nurse thing a couple days out of the week, the other three days. , you’re just checking your inbox or connecting with other people socially, but you’re you try and find one deal a quarter, right?

Yeah. And then a deal exits early and crap. I have to redeploy it. I gotta, yeah, I gotta invest it now. Uhhuh. Yeah. But it’s not that hard. And that’s why if you have a good network, Okay. To be a passive professional investor, really shouldn’t take much more than like a handful of hours a month if you’re doing it right.

And you have a good network. And that’s what the vision looks like. Couple dozen deals. If you don’t have any hobbies, maybe three dozen deals, , I personally have a lot and cuz I like it. I’ve always been, some people and I don’t know what you play like fantasy football, fantasy basketball.

Are you the kind of the guy who makes a good silly in transactions? No, I let it right. I do one transaction a week and just let it, yeah, just maybe just fix the lineup. So yeah. We all have that one friend who just like, leads the league in transactions. They, yeah, they think that’s an award or something like that, but , some people like they like that, they like to, this is becomes fun for them.

Wow. So there is no normal. Okay. Sounds good. Also, if I was to keep some of these rentals let’s say down the line, I increased my net worth. I was able to go part-time for my nursing job. What’s the possibilities of be qualifying as a real estate professional. I don’t, I think that’s a complete opposite way.

You want to go? Okay. Just saying I’m going out of like almost a hundred people in our family office group, I would say only maybe half a dozen, like less than 10% of people have a handful full of rentals and the whole thought process. Can you tell me a good freaking reason why you would wanna own rentals if your network was certainly past where you are now?

Because you don’t, you’re not doing value. Add any of. No, you’re just a sitting duck floating around in the water. You’re not doing anything. The market goes good. You make a lot of money. If it doesn’t, easy come easy, go. have the liability of your property managers, stealing money from you, which to me happens a high prop, maybe a few percent of the time, most time people don’t even know about it, that they’re getting robbed.

You have the legal liability and then the debt zero name, which I don’t know. It doesn’t matter, but some people worry about that stuff and it makes getting home loans a real pain. I mean it, the only reason to do it is if you’re trying to go for rep status.

So let’s talk about that, right? Let’s fast forward a few years, where do you think your adjusted gross income is going to be? And let me preface it saying well, What if you guys had, this passive cash flow coming in from all these deals, you redeployed this 500 grand and now it’s making $5,000 a month.

So now your passive income is eight, five plus five, see what I’m saying? Like my income, our income will be less. Exactly. Exactly. And this is what I also saying, like, why is your spouse going and getting young masters? We talked about the reasons. But this is that phenomenon where like the more passive income you have, the less ordinary income you’re gonna need to make. So yeah. Right now rep status would be great. But at some point you start to shut off the engines and you start to make less ordinary income. So that rep status really only makes sense.

When you go past this red line three 40 and above, in most cases it’s not worth the brain damage. So yeah, I guess like, where do you think five years from now? Where do you think your adjusted gross? Your ordinary income is gonna be not including probably, yeah, probably a hundred myself. My spouse.

So 200, 200 each. What 200 total. Yeah. You’re not paying any taxes, man. Like you have no reason to do rep status, okay. Okay. Yeah. That makes a lot of sense. Yeah. Thank you for getting that out of my mind, cuz yeah. You listen to these podcasts and they’re all like, this is the, bonus depreciation.

All the benefits, so yeah. That’s why you gotta get off the, if you listen, been listening to podcast for more than like a year and a half, stop listening to podcast, read some books or interact with real people. Cause podcasts are just marketing tools. In my podcast, it’s the same shit.

Over and over again. Like we just, yeah. It’s the same stuff. Yeah. We just go over the surface. And that’s why you do these coaching calls cuz like I get bored and it is fun, deep diving into this, the 50th minute in right. Most times it’s just the surface stuff and people always ask oh we should have guests and but the guests are just gonna tell us the same old stuff and then, but they’re not gonna tell you the reason why not to do it too, which is my job.

Yeah, that’s true. Cuz you normally, the guests will just bounce around the different people’s podcasts and yeah. Reiterate the same thing on the education point, at least, reassures that I’m doing the right thing. But yeah, you’re right. It’s usually it’s pretty redundant.

Yeah. And this is where this is what makes this personal finance, right? Every situation, a little different. But again, this is like more like you gotta find other. To do this and that’s more sustainable way. And to get on the front edge of these strategies. But yeah, you’re heading enough to the, you, you’re that’s the way you wanna hand, right?

Less ordinary income, more passive income. So you can use the passive losses to drive the passive income down to nothing over this time you’re adjusting your ordinary income will go down and your AGI will go down. You’re burning leaner as we call it. I would say so I think maybe something for your family to think about is which way do you want to hit it?

Cuz there’s a few arch types here and I’ve seen this in our family office group. So this is when you guys are, she makes the big bucks, right? Like you option one is you make a lot, you burn a lot in taxes. this would be, if we go back to your personal financial sheet here, you guys get a much higher, bigger house.

You trip, you quadruple your vacation budget. And this is the idea of Hey we like our jobs. We make a lot. And yeah, we have, two kids and we don’t, we see often enough because maybe one of us works at home, but for us it just makes sense for us to just make a lot and spend a lot and yeah.

Pay a lot of taxes in that time. But they know, I think like the thing that I like is I’ve given them the confidence that they don’t need to be doing that for more than a decade. The other opposite of that is you guys kinda like we’re talking here and maybe that’s where you’re naturally guiding towards is like you guys working less, going down to, to, you’re making the efficient amount of income to pay the least amount of tax.

Yeah. Yeah, you don’t get to live large and vacations, but time is more important to you, whereas not your kids aren’t important on the other one, a lot of times the mindset or the justification as well. Our kids are in elementary school high school. It’s not like we can just take ’em out and to go to Disneyland or go and trip to Hawaii.

There’s only a few times a year. And we when we do, we take ’em out and we burn a lot of money. Because we make a lot, but that’s they feel like they maximize their time with the kids. So I would say for you guys, that would be the two bookends, and I guess there’s some in between, but you have to find, yeah, I think I would do both.

I think once you graduate, We’ll probably just try to make as much as possible, enjoy that living. But I’m giving it like a 10 year horizon where the passive income is really gonna drive the way and that’s when we’re gonna work less and spend more time with each other in our families. That’s the ideal vision.

Yeah. Until one of you guys dies, I hate to be morbid, but it happens, right? Yeah. But that’s, I think that’s where you are, it’s cool to talk to some of the older folks and then get their hindsight cuz there’s this concept of 18 summers, you only have 18 summers with your kid.

You’re probably you. And so some of these guys are at the end and they have three or four left and they’re shot. I wish I wouldn’t have done what you did. And so it ultimately comes down to choices. But like most people living the normal paradigm.

they just can’t, their choice sucks. It’s either for 30 years or 35 years both suck. Yeah. Yeah. No thanks. Yeah, but I’d say that’s where it’s gonna come down to at some point. And that’s why the network is important. So you have those types of conversations.

But either way, you got some time, right? And I think you’re ahead of the curve on most people. Just look where your net worth went from like 400, a few years ago to over 1.3, like I said, you’ll probably be around two, two and a half and four or five years at that point, you could probably pull the pin.

And then how old is your kid now? Eight months. Oh, perfect. I felt like a young kid to me. I don’t know. I’m not talking from experience, but to me, I don’t think they remember. These days, so perfect. You, yeah, you burn both ends of the candle now for another four or five years.

And when they’re four or five years old, then you can engage and do nothing. The memories that’s the thing you have, what people you are living the dream that people want most people, they wake up in their 41 42 and they have a 1.5 million in their 401k. And then they have to go through this three to five year journey to get to real passive income.

By that time, their eight year old child is now 14. It’s too late. It’s too freaking late. Yeah, it’s too late. I don’t know about building a relationship, but it’s too late to teach this stuff to the kids. I think at that time, past that point.

But hopefully when people listen, they don’t get sad and don’t wanna play Christmas, Carol and people. but, yeah, another piece is how am I gonna engage my son to teach him this stuff? And it’s tough. Yeah. I don’t know, man. I think if you engage in our community we’ll figure that out.

I I think it’s just time, right? If you’re not my family, like our parents were just working forever. Correct. Yeah. There was no interaction. There was no sharing of experiences. No it’s grind and to brag about, what you’ve done and how much you’ve achieved. Yeah. With so little, but apparently you’re going, when your kid’s five, you’re not gonna deal with Jack and you’re just gonna bother them all day long.

Certainly there’s gonna be some kind of knowledge transfer in that. Yeah. There you go. Yeah. But if not, that’s what the community is for. That’s where you send them up to auntie’s house or uncle’s house. So not let. It is from you, but some somebody else or yeah, the rich dad. Yeah. Or the rich uncle, right?

The rich uncle. There you go. . Yeah, but yeah, the close things out here. Any other last thoughts or questions? No. Oh no, thank you for your time. This is really enlightening and I appreciate everything you do and the education that you’re putting out. Yeah.

Keep up the good work. Like I said I was first introduced to you, two years ago. And, after reading your book recently, like it really resonated with us, we’re going through the same experiences. Yeah. I’m glad to see that I am going through that right path and I appreciate the guidance.

Yeah. Yeah. It’s just numbers here. I think that’s where most of the people who are good with their money and save it typically have to rein them back and save well, you can spend your money more, you can spend your time. more on like life instead of working so hard. So I think that’s the byproduct of this.

But yeah, thanks for doing this Jackson and for other folks listening if you guys are interested in doing this sign up for the club and then shoot a team at simple passive cash flow.com and email, and maybe we can set you up on one of these. We can change your name. We can make a name for you. We can, we don’t have to use your video if you’re scared. Thanks for listening to everybody.

CHEAPER Third Party Collateral Loans for Your Infinite Banking

https://youtu.be/MT_8Kt0zEsg

What’s up investors now on today’s podcast. We’re going to be talking about a little bit of an advanced topic on infinite banking, a little trick that the folks in the HUI have found and have been utilizing to get a little bit better interest rates on the cash value portion of their life insurance. Now, if infinite banking is life insurance stuff, and there’s a lot of terms for this, a lot of marketable terms, you’ve got to love the financial industry with all these marketable terms on all these things. That’s essentially the same thing, whole life overfunded insurance. I know people don’t like their whole life. It’s different when you crank those insurance portions down and that’s where the commissions come. If you create these products with high insurance like how most people do and the commissions are going to be high.

 

But the way that people do it in our world to make the infinite banking way is very different. This is a new concept to you, and you’ve been turned off because you happen to read Dave Ramsey, which kind of goes over the whole idea in the wrong way. Go to simplepassivecashflow.com/bank.

 

Read that quick tutorial there. We even have a free e-course that most of you guys can bum rush through and take two to three hours. And then you’ll be IBC experts at this point, but check out that website and we have a lot of other free eCourses too, that you guys can access them all by joining up with our clubs, simplepassivecashflow.com/club.

 

Filling out that quick form there takes people most like one to two minutes to just do it. Before we get going with the show, just a little bit of a market update, something I’ve been seeing lately. We were talking about interest rates popping up since the start of the year.

 

And it’s creating a situation where a lot of these bigger players now, the bigger players, as you guys know, just like in the stock market, the big players move the markets. And in the real estate world, the big players, these big, large institutions invest people’s lazy, retirement money, just buying whatever, because that’s how they get paid.

 

They get paid when just deploying their silly capital around. A lot of these guys have taken the foot off the gas pedal a little bit with the interest rates going up. And I took the same position myself so I’m going to release a video to the people in the club. Again, you guys can get signed up for that insider access where we talked a little bit more in depth about what’s happening in the market.

 

And it wasn’t that uncertain for us. And we’ve got some other projects that don’t really need to get the debt and entire interest rates. So it was a nice little break from having to go to the normal sources for lending from Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and community banks, but what this has created, and this is very counterintuitive because these large institutions have pulled back from the market has actually created a sort of buyer’s market, a vacuum in the seemingly uptick in the market.

 

Where there are some deals out for sale out there. Personally, I haven’t really been actively getting anything, but I’ve been looking, after realizing this. And so that’s what’s happening in the market by the time you guys are listening to this, maybe in July or whatever, it’s probably over, or this little vacuum is closing up.

 

And, eventually the institutions will come back and come back to play and because they need to deploy capital because that’s how they make money. And that should sicken you guys out there. These large institutions are spending and investing lazy retirement funds, pension funds. And all they gotta do is just deploy the money and that’s how they get paid.

 

They really don’t really care about buying the best assets out there. And that’s just how the financial system works. That’s just a little bit of what’s happening out there. Do you know if you guys are looking for properties to buy, maybe I dunno if this carries over to the residential, a little mom and pop rental properties or under 40 units.

 

Maybe you’re finding a bit of a buyer’s market there amongst the global sellers market because of the interest rates popping up and maybe just people are a little scared or about the affordability. Affordability is the ability to have a bigger mortgage payment because of interest rates or lower, but now they’re higher.

 

So the affordability goes down, but that’s, what’s happening in the commercial world. We talk a little bit more in depth. I sent out a newsletter to some folks that were impacted more about this. We actually are looking to trade Some deals because of this kind of phenomenon that’s happened and we’ll see how that goes.

 

But a little bit of a buyer’s market in a sellers market and the thought is from the industry experts, not all the YouTube influencers are the people trying to sell stuff , that 2022, 2023 is going to be a little bit of a slower uptick here. Won’t see rent growth 5, 10, 20% rent growth, but still growth.

 

And I think that’s the major thing. So if you’re underwriting your deals to assume for the normal 2 to 3% inflation. You should be fine. And I think some people are reading into that and maybe news centers are trying to sell headlines that call this recession in 2023, which to me, the recession is defined as negative GDP growth for two consecutive quarters. That’s just not going to be happening in my opinion. Again, in any case, you buy for cash flow. Doesn’t really matter if it’s up or down market, but anyway, here’s the show.

 

We’re going to be deep diving into a little bit more technical tactic here that a lot of the folks within the group have been uncovering and this technique is basically using your infinite banking policy, taking that cash value loan to go on, invest in it. But, they’re, you’re typically paying maybe 4 or 5% on that. But what if you could get something a little bit better than that just makes the arbitrage gap a little bit better. So I don’t know what the term for this is. And typically when there’s no term for these things, it’s probably a good technique that, or do it before it goes away.

 

Although I don’t think it’s going to be going away, helping me unpack this is Chris Miles from moneyripples.com. Hey Chris, how’s it going, man? Awesome. Lane, good to be here again. For those people, let’s start with a little basics, so we don’t leave anybody behind. I’ll let you define infinite banking and then I’ll take a stab at it because I think we define and explain a little bit differently.

 

So for some people who have never heard about this stuff, what is infinite banking, and then we’ll get into the cash value arbitrage. Yeah. If we strip away all the terms and all the cute little names that people try to give it. Because they got like infinite banking, be your own banker, cash flow banking, wealth formula banking, and everybody’s got their own little thing, simple, passive cash flow banking or whatever.

 

I call it max ROI when we do it, that’s all, basically what we’re doing is we’re taking life insurance, specifically, whole life insurance, not term insurance. Cause you can’t, there is no cash in term insurance. You have to die to get it. And we’re not talking about universal life because that doesn’t work as well either. We talk about using whole life insurance, something that’s boring in and of itself, but here’s the key thing is that if you get it designed where you put the lowest death benefit costs coming out and the highest amount of cash that you’re putting in what happens now, you create this tax-free supercharged savings account.

 

You have this money that’s able to build and grow tax-free just like a Roth IRA, but you don’t have all these 59 and a half rules. You don’t have to worry about the government changing the laws on you. You kept figuring what to do next. All this stuff is set and the money is accessible from day one where traditional whole life, the stuff that Dave Ramsey and Susie Orman hate.

 

We’re not talking about that. That traditional whole life is crap. Okay. That’s the stuff where you have to pay in tons and insurance costs tons of commissions and it’s not worth it. And so that’s what we’re really doing here is that we’re creating this tax-free super-charged savings account with this life insurance.

 

Yeah, there’s a death benefit, but we get this minimal death benefit needed to allow this X amount of cash to go in tax-free ,growing tax-free coming out tax-free. And here’s the coolest part. This is the part that we talk about all the time and kind of the topic today is that we’re taking this money and we’re not just letting it sit there and earning the five plus percent a year tax-free right.

 

That’s great. But that’s never going to get you to your freedom. The way to get to your freedom is you can take this money, leverage it. You can get a bank line of credit against it, whether it be through the insurance company or through a separate bank, you get a line of credit against the money that’s in this policy to then go and invest outside.

 

So you can take that money and use it for whatever you want. You can go and buy properties. You can go invest in the syndication. You can put your money in apartments or whatever it might be. You can take this money and invest it wherever you want. The cool thing is because you get this line of credit against it.

 

The money’s still earning tax-free dividends inside of the life insurance  and at the same time, you’re also earning money in your real estate. So you’re really, double-dipping on the same money that you’ve been saving up in the first place. You give an example, we’re going to talk about this here. There’s a line of credit you can get right now as low as 3%.

 

Now, if you’re earning 5% of your life insurance, you pay 3%. That means you just create arbitrage. Like the bank did when they loan you money, they make more off of you. You’re doing the same thing off the bank. Now you’re making a net 2%. Plus whatever, earning on that investment. So if that investment’s paying you 15% and you have 2%, now that’s 17%.

 

You’re now earning again with the money you’re already going to be investing anyway. But now we’re, instead of just pulling out savings, we’re using our life insurance to be the thing that funds those investments. Yeah. So there it is folks, but we’ll break it down a little bit slower for some of you guys who’ve missed it.

 

Maybe we could do a little role play here because I think that’s what this stuff is. It’s very different from what anybody else talks about. And, it takes a while for people to realize that it’s not crazy nonsense, but going back to just the general idea of infinite banking, you know what I’ve been explaining lately.

 

If you buy a house and you put a whole bunch of equity in there and it grows up. Essentially. It’s like the same thing, folks, right? You’re using this whole life policy like a heloc kind of house right now. You can take a loan off of your whole life insurance, and then use that as you see fit.

 

Just like if you have a house and you’re paying it down, but then you can take that equity out. Think of it as the same thing here now pays you interest. And the house in the house example, the house is obviously appreciating. And in the IBC example, the insurance policy is also appreciated too.

 

Now there are some like I think the biggest thing against this stuff is you’ll see a lot of YouTube videos or your whole life is a scam. I think Chris and I will both agree that yes, whole life insurance is the biggest scam if you are working with somebody, who’s creating this stuff with a high percentage, going to the commissions and the insurance part.

 

Now the key to this is using the bare minimum of life insurance. And the dirty little secret is this is how the insurance agents make this type of money if they ratchet up those commissions. So we’ve had a client we’ll, what we looked at is I think it was for like I don’t know if we can say the name, but I think it’s like Snoopy’s brand or something like that.

 

We’ll just go with that. But we looked at it and they’re like, yeah. We can’t, it doesn’t really work. And it’s oh we’ll look at what is the percent split of the life insurance portion. And it was a hundred percent the whole damn thing, and yes, but it’s done like that. It is a kind of a scam.

 

It’s not a good deal. And that’s exactly what they all are talking about. Dave Ramsey sees the armed men, but we’re talking about, yes, we’re talking about whole life. But we’re talking about it very differently. I don’t know. Maybe I can think of an analogy on the fly here. It’s saying, like all cars are dangerous, right?

 

Yeah. If you’re like driving around a little Plaza, Miata, it’s pretty freaking dangerous. But if you’ve got like a big truck, it’s not right. But people think in generalities, I think cars are dangerous in a way, same thing here, full life insurance. Don’t plump the type of specific type of design policy with a low insurance portion, which happens to have the lowest commissions for that agent, which is why they don’t want to do it for you.

 

That’s why you gotta work with people. Don’t care about money. It’s more bulk volume in a way, but that’s infinite banking in a nutshell. So we’ll go into an example here, right? So like I say, you have. So you’re putting in like a hundred grand a year for several years and you’ve built up a cash value of maybe 300,000.

 

And I want to go, and the way people will use this, the use case is to pull the money out and go into a deal. We put in 50, a hundred grand into the next deal, pay it down. As, you can make money from your day job and replenish a lot, or just take out the whole loan for forever. That’s another way of doing it.

 

When I do that, if I go and take the loan from my current insurance policy, it’s like the house loan in a way, I think I’m paying what, like 5% or something like  yep. And, but now you’re, let’s go into like, all right what does somebody need to do to not get this house alone, but go to a kind of party and be aftermarket.

 

Yeah. Once you have at least 50,000, $70,000 in cash value built up, you start to have more options open up to you. Most people just use the insurance company and that’s fine. Even some of the insurance companies, because they’ve lowered their guarantees. Some of them were loaning at 4% right now.

 

But at the same time like that, can, that sometimes can affect your dividends, right? How much you’re getting paid. So these third parties would allow you to do it and allow your money to keep growing, doing its thing, but you get a line of. That’s separate. Right now the lowest ones I’ve seen are either three or three and a quarter percent.

 

There’s a few banks like coastal states bank, which have a bottom floor rate of three and a quarter percent when I just set up for myself after I had coastal states bank as the bank court. I actually have them at 3%. So the cool thing is I can do the same thing I do with my life insurance, where I went to the lecturers company, asked for a loan. It would take about a week or so to get the loan from the insurance company, before the money’s in my actual bank account. But with these banks, you can actually have them set up electronically with your checking account where you can actually just do it yourself.

 

You don’t have to go through the company or a middleman to request it. You can actually go and click a button online and move the money over. And it’s there in a few days, which is great. Especially if you have a deal that’s coming, you’ve got to fund it in 48 hours or something much better to be able to click a button and say, Hey, let me call my insurance company and wait a week for it to come.

 

There could be worse things, but it’s nice when you have these third parties involved because, and it’s not just the banks, like I mentioned, sometimes your local. We’ll offer options too. It could be a credit union. It could be a bank. It really could just ask them, say, Hey listen, can I do, what’s called a collateralized line of credit specifically against my life insurance policy.

 

And some banks won’t touch those because they just don’t do it. They don’t specialize in it. They specialize. In other words, others will. I had somebody, a client who’s getting three and a quarter percent or three and three quarters percent through their local bank. And even though they could get a cheaper rate, they said, Hey, I love the convenience.

 

I can walk in, get to be able to pull the money out of my line of credit physically, or I can do it electronically. It’s just for ease. I’ll do that. There’s lots of different ways you can do it that most people just don’t realize and insurance agents are there too. They just don’t realize that you can go to banks and actually get these collateralized lines of credits and really be able to get a better return on your money, by doing that, by making more than what you’re having to pay on these loans.

 

Yeah. And an actuality, like it’s actually a good deal. Good loan to keep on the balance sheet for the bank. What do I know? I don’t want a bank, but the problem is a lot of these banks don’t know what the heck you’re talking about, especially when you’re working with the junior employee at the front facing, you’re going to have to get past that first or second round of bureaucratic thinkers.

 

And we were followers, but again, what was that terminology? , what were you asking again? So we can sound foolish. They walk into a bank , hopefully you’re wearing. Polo shirts that just come from the gym and walk in, like you just got off the golf course, yeah, just asking for that collateralized line of credit or secured line of credit is another name that the bankers might understand.

 

Most times when they do a secured line of credit, they take your savings account and they give you a line of credit against your savings. This is no different, just, that’s not what their institution it’s going to be with the insurance company. Here’s the key thing. It does need to be whole life. In many cases, it does have to be a whole life policy because whole life insurance is guaranteed where I know there’s several banks, including the ones I mentioned, like Bank Corp or coastal states bank.

 

They will not land on indexing universities. Which has become the hot topic since the market started booming again in the last decade plus, so index universal life is not guaranteed, even though they have a floor rate, they could still lose money because insurance costs are coming out so many banks will not give you a loan against that.

 

So you gotta be careful. Now. The cool thing is that you can use this in a variety of ways. If you’re just looking for that line of credit, it’s very easy to ask for another example of how you can use this if I had a client out in Minnesota. They wanted to buy an office, build a commercial building that they were leasing themselves, but they want to go and lease out different units essentially to turn into a rental property for themselves.

 

The total of the building with the build out was about 375,000. They had about 320,000 inside the life insurance. So they went to their local bank and said, listen, we could pay this in cash almost with our life insurance, but could we get a line of credit? Can we basically get a mortgage using this as collateral?

 

And the bank said, yes. And not only did they give him the loan, they gave him the build-out. So they gave him 375,000 more than they had there in their cash value in their life insurance. And they gave them such a nice rate, such a low rate that their payment was like 1800 bucks a month on a commercial building.

 

So they had excellent terms and made bank, no pun intended. They made bank easily. They made good profit on this rental cause they took one tenant and they made their mortgage payment. What’s really cool is a year and a half later after the build-out was done after they started renting out the property, they went back to the bank and said, Hey, can we have that lien taken off our life insurance?

 

Because they just put a lien on it. So they couldn’t touch the money that was there. That was the collateral. They took the lien off, kept the terms exactly the same. They still have the same monthly payment. They still had all of the same terms. But now that 300,000 plus I was in their life, insurance was freed up to use again.

 

However they had. So it actually gave him much better terms on their mortgage than they would’ve got just getting a normal commercial loan using the building as collateral. So there’s lots of different ways to use this more than we’ve talked about. I know you did a post on LinkedIn about using us with 529 college plans, doing this instead of bills, where you have more control of the money and it’s off the books.

 

So you qualify for things like that. There’s so many ways to use us but ultimately if you’re going to leverage this, you want to be able to pay the least interest possible. And that’s why we always try to encourage one, make sure you design it like you were talking about earlier and then to make sure we get the lowest interest rate on that collateral loan so that you can actually go and create that double dip effect, making more profit on your life insurance and making more money in your real estate investments.

 

I like that idea though. So we have some plants that are quitting their jobs because this journal stuff works and it allows you to quit your job. But the problem there is you can use that high W2 income and, maybe walking into the bank, talking to somebody with half a brain and putting this on the table as collateral.

 

I’m also worried that they would not just put up in the United States, but they wanted to put in escrow and that another account that might not be as good, but these are the types of things that you can have a conversation with your banker. If you have that personal relationship and kind of put this on the table which again, just speaks to  the validity and the security of this insurance policy.

 

It’s backed by a huge plumber. Sometimes in investing in apartment buildings, themselves to back the collateral. These are just examples overall, like these techniques that we talk about here, or like the 5 29 technique or the whole mortgage technique using this type of stuff that you want to get.

 

People in the weeds doing this type of stuff. Ain’t no banker, ain’t no financial planner. I know you aren’t financial planners at all, but like these guys aren’t, they don’t do this stuff, this comes from interacting with other people and that kind of tinkering. The optimizers. Yeah. It’s, it comes from us having experience doing this kind of stuff, and, cause you’ve got them too.

 

It really does come down to that financial advisors see, understand that financial advisors are not financial experts, right? Even insurance agents are not financial experts. They are just trained by the insurance company or by the financial institution. They work. To teach you what they want to be taught to you.

 

So they’re always going to make it seem like it’s something that’s forever out there. Like even with these infinite banking policies, most people will say their whole life. Oh no. You don’t want to do that. Infinite banking stuff. You want to use this as a supplemental retirement? 30-40 years down the road, not today, not a way to create wealth and pre massive income now.

 

There’s a guy that you and I both know, we won’t mention his name. He’s a fund manager right here. He owns this, as his own fund that he managed. Brilliant guy. And then he told me he had a MetLife whole life policy. He said, oh, I’ve got a whole life policy through MetLife. It’s great. I have been planning for 20 years. And then for 10 years, it’s a tax-free pension. And he’s so happy about it. He’s yeah, I’m putting in 20 grand a year. I’ll be able to pull out 60 grand a year for 10 years. And it’s tax-free and I’m like that’s cool.

 

That’s the traditional way of doing things. Oh, like you’re a fund manager, like this is money. That’s now out of your life that you’re not touching because you’re totally locked up. And I showed them. I said, what if we just made a crappy 10% return on your fund? Which I know he makes way more than that. I was like, what if you just made 10% on your money?

 

And you actually used that money and invested out here while it was still growing inside here. And I showed the same 20 years. The difference was instead of having $60,000 a year tax-free as what the insurance agent taught them at MetLife. He was actually going to get about $178,000, pretty much tax advantage.

 

Because most of it’s for real estate, while the rest of it’s coming from life insurance, the flood insurance income was almost the same. It was extra 120,000 a year of passive income. He was getting from using that same money. And so that’s the thing is that again, these guys are not financial experts.

 

Even the people out there are telling you infinite banking is the way to go be your own banker. And then they. Oh the first year you put in 20,000, you only have 12,000. It’s that 60, 40 split guys. When they try to tell you that’s the best design, I’ll tell you from an investor perspective, I’ve never seen that as designs ever be anything that we’ve done.

 

That’s the kind of promise we always have is that we’ll beat anybody’s numbers out there and the whole 60, 40 split. They’re like, oh, it’s the best way to. But it’s the best way for them to go to still do infinite banking and still get paid more commissions. It’s just, you gotta really be careful of what’s out there.

 

There’s so much misinformation. No wonder Dave Ramsey and Susie Orman think it is a bunch of crap because there’s so many people conflicting with their self-interest or they’re just not taught many insurance companies how to do it right. The first time anyways, because insurance companies have their own self-interest, it’s so hard to find it done the right way.

 

It’s very simple. Like it’s hard for the consumer, like it’s a series summit to a lending broker, right? If I’m trying to shop for mortgages, I get this like term sheets, supposedly, but it’s just all convoluted. And it’s hard for me to pick out the fees that are consistent among agents and et cetera.

 

And what are the variable ones that really should be comparing the rate in this case, you don’t see how they’re going to, configure it with either a 60-40, 90-10, 80-20, but you don’t see that. Until like you, is it that comes on after the physical? Oh no. That’s a total sales tactic.

 

That’s taught out there. Like when I showed you numbers, I showed you them upfront before even putting in an application. And that’s one of our promises while we show the numbers, but there’s a sales tactic out there taught me insurance industry that you only show numbers after you get the approval and they’ll use the excuses, which is a half-truth, they’ll say things like we want to make sure you get the right health ratings.

 

So then we give you real hard enough. But the truth is I can ask you a few questions about your health. And I would say 98% of the time, we’re going to come up pretty close to the right health rating. There’s been a few exceptions where somebody omits some information. I was like, whoa, okay.

 

That’s a different health rating. But for the most part, it’s okay, you’re probably going to be about this health rating. And then the numbers are exactly the way they expect. There’s no mystery. It doesn’t have to be that mystery. So just know that’s a sales tactic. You don’t, you can know numbers upfront and be able to know exactly what.

 

And you want to make sure they’re apples to apples too. That’s another issue that I had with one of our friends. This is, one of his friends, personal friends, they are in the same church and everything. He had two policies with me, and that friend convinced them to try to cancel the two policies with me.

 

And I was like, whoa. And I finally got them on the phone. I was like, what’s going on? Oh he says the numbers are better. I said, listen, I can’t even beat your old numbers, just like your years lane. I couldn’t beat your numbers anymore because you’re older and things change as time goes on, it gets less of a return.

 

I was like, there’s no way he’d beat those numbers. Come to find out the only way he beat those numbers, it wasn’t apples to apples. It was actually him putting in $80,000 more just to catch up. So he would have to cost his family $80,000 just to finally say, oh, look, now I have as much as what I would have had with Chris anyways.

 

And he’s a smart guy.  He owns multiple real estate companies. He has a non-profits smart guy, but again, like you said, you just never know. Because those agents, they don’t always make things apples to apples. You have to really find something you can trust. They’ll say, Hey, this is good. Or this is not that sales technique.

 

I was like shopping for a car and they just wanted me to come in and drive a thing. And I’m like, dude, I don’t want to come in and drive, I have not driven a car. I don’t need to like, feel it, drive it around the block, like wasting my time. But they want me to have some kind of skin in the game for me. Time is my currency.

 

So the same thing, right? You got to go to this BS of having the physical. Have you got to do that eventually, but they want you to do it first with the house. Yeah. That’s it’s the nose. It’s like the camel’s nose in the tent right there. Just trying to get you to walk that path. I remember seeing that in the mortgage industry, when I was mortgage licensed, they would get you to go through the whole process and your rate about time, you’re supposed to close your mortgage.

 

And then they say, oh, by the way, the rates actually lower than I quoted you are not lower, but it’s higher than I quoted you on the mortgage rates. So you’re like do I go back to that other person that could meet low. We’re after this whole month of going through this process, am I just going to go with them?

 

You’re usually going to go with them and that’s the kind of cells that they use in the insurance industry that you really just gotta watch out for. Yeah. So let’s talk a little bit about the downsides of this particular technique in elite. There isn’t anything other than how much, like how much pain and effort and brain damage do you want to go through, like sitting up a little bit better, aftermarket low, if you want to call it.

 

And this is why I ask people. It depends on how big your policy is, right? I think average investors, a lot of investors are putting in maybe a contract book a year for several six years. So let’s just say they have maybe $200,000, maybe even five up and down the vendors to say 200,000, because that makes the back, it.

 

Say they’re getting like a 2% Delta in that better rate. Like 2% of 2000 is what is that? Four or yeah, $4,000 a year. Is that worth it? I dunno. Some people will say that $4,000 is what they spend, going out with some friends, some people will say that’s.

 

One 10th and I can buy a rental property. Probably if you get that big of a policy, you’re probably not buying little rental properties at that point, that’s one 10th that you are going into the next, that’s the one month that you buy in the next deal we have may not be that useful to you.

 

But there is a little bit, maybe talk a little bit about like, all right, so what I do, Chris, I gotta go find the bank. I gotta talk to the person that, let me talk a little about. How much pain is pain. How much time is this? Take this out of here. If you’re trying to do it on your own, it’s going to be a pain in the butt.

 

It’s going to be horrible. That’s why I just tell my clients, listen, just come to us, ask us, like, where’s the best place to go. You go to one bank, you know exactly where you’re going to get the best rate, and just make it easy. Because we always have those relationships too. And we don’t get paid for those relationships.

 

Good connections. It’s a value add for our clients. You bring up a good point: it’s 4,000 bucks worth it on a couple of hundred grand. It’s when you look at a value add deal, when you’re looking to buy an investment property, you’re looking at it.

 

If you just look at it from year one, you’re going to say, okay, Cash flow is okay, but obviously you never do that as an investor. You’re looking at, Hey, what can we do if we start doing value, add stuff and start up the brand on different doors and whatnot and increase the value and the profits, then it starts to build it to be more money.

 

That’s true with life insurance too, because it’s not just that 2% simple. It’s actually a 2% compounding rate that adds to it. So give me a real life example. I was showing some of the difference between putting in a quarter million dollar down payment on a small apartment, right? For a million dollar apartment, quarter million dollars down.

 

Versus, using their savings account versus using their life insurance. Now, if you use this county, you earn 0.1%, which is pretty decent right now. You’re in 0.1% and then you pay taxes on that point. 1%. The crazy thing is after 10 years, right? 10 years of that, that with that 250,000, you ended up actually not even 10, it was nine years, nine years.

 

You only end up profiting about 1200. That’s the, all the interest you made, taking all that cash flow from that property and putting it back in to build up your savings account that you liquidated, because most people just, they take that quarter million dollars. They use that as a down payment and they just take the cashflow to build up their savings slowly over time, and I use the example that you’re only cash flowing 2,500 a month.

 

That same thing. If you’re to do that with life insurance, where instead of paying back into a savings account, you just pay it back towards that line of credit. Now you’re paying down that loan that’s at 3% while you’re earning five plus percent, here’s the difference? Same as count or about 1200 interests.

 

The life insurance in nine years earned 145 grand of it. So it was about a hundred times better, even though yeah. It’s like 0.1 versus 2%. It seemed like it was like 20%, but that compounding effect over those years is huge. And so it’s a no-brainer when you think about it. If I’m going to make 1200 bucks, I might as well make 145 grand.

 

Is that worth, one time, getting something set up and making it easy. And again, if you have team support, like with our team, it makes it easier because you’re not in it by yourself. You’re able to have that stuff. Yeah, and it is the sole financial journey is like it’s a game of inches.

 

These are the little things that kind of get you down the football field to where you want to be, unless your net worth is over a few million dollars. You take it easy at not optimized, but. I bring this up because a lot of people in our family office,  our inner circle. Like we’re a bunch of like over optimizers, which is like propeller hats in a good way.

 

Yeah I got the one hand, like the dude with his little teeny tiny, like 10, $20,000 policy, like really how much money does this equate to. But then again, that’s the person that needs to be doing this type of nonsense, you’re saying, right? This is the person that needs every single little inch because they need to get down the football field point.

 

So he knows I didn’t bring up the strategy that some people talk about online when they talk by internet banking, which is using this like your own check checking account, right? Like your own bill pay account. And they’re trying to pay all their monthly expenses. That, to me, that is you’re trying to get an inch.

 

It’s just not worth it. Like you save, you might make. A few hundred bucks or so a year and interest, despite trying to pay all your bills using this and money’s going in and out, back and forth. That to me is ridiculous. Oh, are they just setting that up? Cause people will do that with their Healogics, right?

 

Somehow they’re able to pay their bills. And I think he looks a little easier. You could do it with life insurance, but the problem is this is that the insurance salesman, they’re trying to sell it to you. And I do say salesman when I say it, because they’ll try to say, yeah all your income goes into this.

 

And they said the humongous policies first off you’ve pretty much have to lie. On the application, just to be able to put in that much, because most companies won’t let you put in more than 25% of your stated gross income every year. For someone that says put in their whole paycheck, they’d have to say I’m putting a hundred percent of my income.

 

That’s that they would never go for that. And insurance companies will never say yes to that. So theoretically it sounds great. But as much as bull. And then when you really ask those insurance sales and I’m like how do I really fund this every year? Oh, we just put your whole paycheck into it.

 

That all that does is just make this huge, massive policy that you’re paying a crap load and insurance costs too, and getting very little benefit. It’s not worth it. You really have to have a lot of surplus cash to do that. And like I said, like just that strategy alone really just doesn’t save you much money and same thing with he locked the velocity banking, that kind of thing.

 

From a number standpoint and calculator sure. It might make sense to a little bit, but what’s the time, what’s the cost of your time and energy is one, two. What about reality? My, for example, doesn’t work like this. Isn’t a much of a threat with your life insurance because life insurance it’s guaranteed.

 

Banks are willing to lend against them, but on a house, if you tried to get a hilar and you try to charge it up and then pay it down and aggressively really fast, the risk you run, especially when times get hard and recessionary times is that those banks will take those lines of credit, but limits and cut them down to your bank.

 

They will break them, cut them all the way back. So all that money you paid into it you just pull it back out again. It’s gone. So in a practicality standpoint, even though, yes, I know I can save interest on a heloc by paying it down. I don’t, I leave it maxed out. I let it stay up at the limit because I know banks cause I watched it happen in the last recession.

 

To me personally, banks will cut down your lines of credit and not give you a warning. Now with life insurance, the good thing is they don’t worry about market risks. They don’t worry about your house depreciating. It’s not based on that. So you really don’t have that kind of threat. So it’s a different game.

 

And that’s the one big point why this IBC stuff is superior to the helocs getting out there. But yeah, some of this takes a little time, but first they seems like a lot of work to me, but, I was also the guy at one time who would like, those rewards credit cards or debit cards where you get to do 12 transactions while I would go to four different gas stations out in the freezing cold, I’d do three at a time.

 

If not, they would show off my card. I would also fly back from life, get out. I was being like Montana, wherever, but I would fly out of. I forgot what it was, Denver or salt lake, but we’d always go through there to go back to Seattle, but I would always go to the more farther one to get more miles so stupid. All these layovers and you’re tired all the time. I like simplicity. I think simplicity really means that energy saver is the ultimate ROI. You can use these strategies and get really complex with them. I like to use them just for the bigger stuff. The stuff that really makes it makes an impact.

 

That really makes a difference. Everything else doesn’t even have to become a master app.  You don’t have to be that smart just to be able to use this in a simple way, which is I’m gonna use this money and invest if that, and just take the cash flow and use the paid bachelors in my line of credit.

 

And that’s all you do. Yeah. I think the one thing I liked is Chris does coaching. So Chris he’s really good. He’s a lot more patient than I am. And there were actually a couple of people this last week, I talked to Chris that we’re like, all this stuff we’re talking about is like the sand and they have big rocks, which are problems, right?

 

They have $500 million plus of dead equity in their house. This stuff we’re talking about is like the way high up in the tree for them for now. But they just, a lot of people, especially people who’ve been doing this long. But people have harder, worse habits, money habits who think that they should have big equity positions in their house.

 

It’s just a big mindset shift. And so I was like mentioning, yeah, I should go work with Chris because Chris will actually hold your hand and walk you through this type of stuff. Where I’m a little bit more impatient and it’s what’s the problem here. See what, they’re all they’re doing it.

 

Here’s this group we’re doing it. Jump off the cliff too, in a way but yeah, Chris once you get your contact information or how can people get a hold of you? Yeah, two different ways. You can do that. And I’m one, you can always follow our own podcast. We have a podcast called the Chris Miles Money Show that you find on iTunes, YouTube, wherever you go for podcasts.

 

And then you can also go to our website moneyripples.com. And we even have a playlist on infinite banking that’s on there. You can go and check out and be able to watch different videos and learn and go deeper down that rabbit hole. If you want to take the red pill. All right, folks. Thanks for listening. Join the club, check out the website simplepassivecashflow.com/club. I will see you guys next.

Pruning your rentals + Outsouring debt with Enrich Author Todd Miller

https://youtu.be/6miTMi4nClw

Now on this podcast, you’re going to be hearing me interview an author that wrote about, enriched about building wealth over time.  There were a few things in this interview that I clashed over. Here’s the thing, like a lot of these authors, it’s nothing to take much to write a book these days. I’ve done it. You guys can check it out and on Amazon and it ends up an Amazon bestseller. Thank you to those of you guys who dropped in on it. The title is the Journey to Simple Passive Cashflow and you can check that on Amazon by the way, but, I think the thing that we’re clashing on is, this guy was saying, you should file these properties and pay them all down, which is a very logical strategy for most people.

 

But again, you never want to be like most people, cause that’s typically maybe not the best way of doing things, And I’ve been trying to distill this down to different thought processes. Is it debt? Is it more loan to value? If you guys didn’t listen to me, some of my rants on this. Loan to value is some arbitrary number. To me, what it comes down to this year, debt, service, coverage ratio, what are your monthly payments to pay the debt service and what is your cash flow?

 

And if you want to go, how the professionals do, what the banks do when they underwrite our deals, they want to see that 1.25. you’re dead surfaces, a hundred dollars. They want to see $125 of cash flow coming in. So that there’s a bit of a margin there. Now you can artificially create that debt, service coverage higher by putting more down payment on which do you guys know?

 

That’s not what sophisticated investors do. They put the least amounts to get that cash flow and that returns as high as they can, but keeping that debt, service coverage ratio, right at that optimal point at around like 1.1, 1.25, I think that’s, one could argue that it’s better to be higher, you give up some of those returns.

 

So that’s where you are as an investor. And personally, I’ve been on this journey where I was big on tertiary markets, Which have higher caps. Now the problem with higher caps and the reason why they’re higher caps is they’re not as staple locations to invest in. I probably  was one to say that I’ll never invest in Hawaii or California because of the low caps.

 

And, they don’t cash flow in cash flow is what you need in a case of recession to hold onto the asset. But yeah. The good thing about those kinds of markets like New York, Chicago, Miami, Hawaii, Seattle, and all of California is that it’s a very stable place, people want to live there and you have to look at both sides of the argument there.

 

So where I’m thinking as you’re new, as your net worth grows over $5- $10 million. Now you start to get away from the tertiary markets. For sure, it gets to more the secondary and the primary market, probably with the primary markets overall, which is why I probably still won’t invest there at this point in my life.

 

And my journey is because there’s just so much competition in most areas. There’s so much, dump on sophisticated money in Hawaii, Seattle, LA, Where they’re just people just buying properties, reporting on it too, for legacy that those are the kind of people that push up the pricing. And that’s a second layer to this. No, there’s a few things to be thinking about. And I think this is where, you really need a network and this is all we tell people, Hey, if you’re stuck, if you’re tired of just dealing with people who just don’t understand investing on this level, join the family office, Ohana mastermind group of, or details in that go to simplepassivecashflow.com/journey.

 

And before we get going into today’s interview with this author, I had a question. It seems like a lot of the investors are worried about interest rates coming up  and I think yes, it does really impact the numbers. If you’re a buy, hold and pray type of investor. And I was a buy, hold and pray type of investor from 2009 to 2015, when I was just buying these little single family home turnkeys. if you guys want to go download the analyzer at simplepassivecastle.com/analyzer, you can download the spreadsheet and you play around with the numbers. you change the interest rates from 4.5% to 5% or maybe five and a quarter. And you’ll see that cash flow drop, maybe you’re at $300 and it drops to seventy-five bucks by making that one little move on the spreadsheet, and I think most of our investors understand this sensitivity analysis when interest rates do make these bigger jumps. 

 

But, this is why I’ve personally gravitated towards value-added types of real estate as we all know wealth comes to those who create value and value can be in the form of many things. And, but ultimately the bottom line in real estate, and how much net operating income does a property produce or in the business world, increasing your Vita. Now, when you are increasing. The value add or the, when your value adds a property, increasing  rents per se, and you’re increasing that net operating income. It makes the interest rate that holding costs less of an important factor to use in an extreme case, like a house flipper. House flippers  don’t care what he’s paying for his debt service; the good ones will, they’ll be able to cherry pick lazy investor money at 8%, maybe 10%. 

 

Beware, If you’re one of those people who take on, lend money to house flippers, and you’re getting 15, 20%, you’re likely going through a middle man who’s selling your basic linear money through an unproven party. That’s why you’re getting paid so much but that’s a side note. I don’t want to invest in private money notes. I don’t invest with people who are less than five, $10 million net worth these days. Just net worth is a level of sophistication, in my opinion, these days for me. That’s just the class of paper that you’re buying, Because when you have those higher rates of return, even if you’re collateralized with the house flipping project, it doesn’t matter. But I digress. So getting back to my point, these house flippers, they really don’t care what they pay for their cost of, 10%, 20%.

 

It doesn’t matter because they’re buying a property say for 300, you’re putting in a hundred grand in and they’re flipping it 4, 5, 600, maybe even more so that holding cost is, maybe on the scale of 10, 20, $30,000, if in that six month project per se. So that’s an extreme case, And when they’re holding onto a property for one to five years That interest doesn’t really matter. Yes. It piles up. And it’s part of, you can definitely see it in your monthly P and L’s, but if you’re value adding that piece of property, whether that’s a home  flip in that house with burst case where their value adding at 200 grand, you can see how that Brittany trumps that holding costs, maybe even a tenfold.

 

Now, I like the approach of going into stabilized assets where there’s existing cash flow. No light to moderate value add and nothing crazy. definitely I would be on the less on the side of the spectrum of that house flipper, where they’re going after huge amounts of value add, and they could care less about the interest rates, still not to that extreme, but still this my point is that the interest rates don’t really matter as much when you’re doing value. If you don’t trust me, go look at how much money is built up through the routine equity, the net operating income divided by the cap rate in the beginning of the project, and to presume cap net operating income at the end of the project, divided by the prevailing cap rate and the difference of the money made.

 

And then see how much the debt service compares to that. And I think what you’ll see in most value add projects is the carrying costs of the interest costs. Sure. it’s hurting your monthly P and L and your cash flows, but it is a very small relation to the bigger gain. I would say these days, even with a lot of light value add projects, the majority of the money, let’s just call it two thirds, is coming from the retained equity, build up the value, add pop at the end, as opposed to the cash flow. I think back in the day, maybe like 2015, I was seeing deals like in Memphis, which are tertiary markets that I don’t want to invest in which garbage areas, but they have high cash flow and really not as much value add in a separate project because. The location sucks, let’s just call it that in those cases, you would see deals where maybe half of the returns were coming through cash flow, or maybe a little bit more and the smaller portion.

 

So a large portion is coming to routine equity through the years. But, I think that’s why some investors who haven’t caught onto this concept, they feel. Okay. These investors are a little capital area. They’re still doing stuff in the face of all these industries. but when you really look at the numbers again, what is the routine equity portion versus the cashflow portion?

 

You start to realize. Yeah,  who cares about paying a little bit more on interest payments because that’s nothing compared to the end goal of, unfortunately you have to wait maybe several years to realize that. For newer investors, lower net worth investors. They may not feel comfortable with it, but as we always tell investors,  you need to start acting like an accredited investor and more, which is more of a long term for license credit investors who don’t really care what is happening on a monthly, quarterly, or even annual basis.

 

They look at things more on a two, three year time horizon or three to five years. So they zoom out. And when you look on that side, when you’re looking from those lens, Now you’re looking at more, they care more about what is their equity, how’s their net growing over time, as opposed to are they getting their monthly cash flow so they can pay the bills because affluent people, wealthy people accredited plus investors, they got their bills.

 

Take care of, they’ve got that cash flow already. If you’ve got that bass. So their primary concern is, of course, keeping their money, which is why they invest in real estate because it holds its value. And it goes up with the pace of inflation. But they like it because they can add value, and they can realize these huge racks of big gains, but they gotta wait for it. But, I think that’s a difference between, less sophisticated investors who really enjoy getting those monthly paychecks from the rent checks, from their tenants, and all that type of stuff to more of a sophisticated investor who is able to zoom out the little detach, but really compare the two investment strategies on a longer time horizon. 

 

But yeah, I’m pretty confident interest rates will come up a little bit more, but, I think things will subside and that is why we’re taking a little bit of a break. And especially because we’re seeing a lot of newbies getting into real estate and investments and apartments and like the other day I saw like a deal going up for like 120,000 a unit.

 

And the pitch deck was saying, they’re going to value adding it to you. It’s 200,000. I’m like, dude, that’s not going to happen. And that’s the kind of the stuff that’s happening all the time makes me think,  maybe the king of the door has closed, or it’s, just operate what we got.

 

But then again, like you always got to do something, I think that’s the mistake is to, yeah. Especially coming from new investors  who haven’t done Jack or at any point is they’re always looking for that excuse not to do anything. And I think that’s the one thing that inflation has really illustrated to a lot of folks, myself included, that you just can’t stick your money in the bank account, doing nothing.

 

Now the next level up is putting it into an infinite banking plan, making 5% tax-free. I think that’s better than nothing. And I think as somebody who’s pretty conservative, I think that’s the next great option. If you don’t know what infinite banking is, check out our free. I think it’s like a three hour eCourse at simplepassivecashflow.com/banking. you got to sign up to get access to that e-course but there’s a little info page for you guys to read up on the concept, but, enjoy the show guys. And if you guys have any other questions, please submit it over and we’ll see you next time. 

 

Today, we have the author of Enriched, Todd Miller. We’ll be talking about various topics surrounding wealth, time, money and meaning, but Todd, why don’t you quickly go over your step journey towards financial independence from the beginning.

 

Hi Lane, sure. Happy to do that. And it’s really a pleasure for me. Be a part of this community and to be here with you this afternoon, by professional background, I am an entertainment executive. I’ve worked for an, in Hollywood for half of my life and my career rocked and I actually did not realize the importance of creating and accelerating financial security.

 

Until years into the career. When I had successfully reached the proverbial corner office and was miserable and I was handicapped by my financial insecurity. And that’s when I recognized that financial security is foundational and most people think of it as the end point. The ultimate prize for a long and perhaps even punishing me professional path.

 

And to me, it’s the starting point. And the sooner a professional can accelerate financial security, the more and the quicker and better that one can scaffold a life of meaning and importance and relevance and enrichment, which is ultimately where everyone wants to be. I retired about two years ago and don’t look back. 

 

What is it that you can look back on that kind of pushed you over the edge and pissed you off? Or what was that thing? People always have that thing that they could point to. I think we have to back up and I’ve been obsessed with the work-life equation and how to maximize that equation, really for twenty-five decades.

 

And I would say that my whole journey with optimizing work in life, that began in my final semester at Columbia business school, when I was flabbergasted, how many of my brilliant classmates seem to be making an incredibly foolish and short-term career decisions based on us, based on the size of a signing bonus.

 

In other words, choosing company A over company B because company A gives a couple more thousand dollars upfront and that is really puzzling. No, that was widespread behavior at the time. And I thought, can we be bought so easily? Am I missing something in this? And the deeper I progressed in my career with a Hollywood studio, I guess I was fortunate to have a series of events which caused me to be hyper aggressive about getting work and life to work together. 

 

And I quickly figured out the work-life balance thing and my life rocked, my career rocked and everything was going well until my priorities changed. My company also changed. And, I just found that the higher I climbed on the corporate ladder, just the more distant I felt from all the things that attracted me to the business and to the industry and to the role.

 

I guess for me, the pivotal moment was I was hoping to get fired and to receive a parachute. Yeah. So where did this idea come from? Why did you want to get fired?  I was miserable and I no longer enjoyed my work. But yet I was addicted to the paycheck. What was worse? The people or the job work that you did?

 

I would say it was the culture because of the politics. What exactly? Trying to peel back the onion here, trying to get some emotion and get, not get high level, like where we are. Look the higher you go, really the less exposed you are to the actual business. And I found that I was spending most of my day, every day, on a lot of nonsense internal issues.

 

Most of it was political issues. Just as such as territorial control. Hey, this is my responsibility, or, differently in Hollywood, there are many ambitious executives, everyone’s trying to grab a piece of the pie from someone else and jump over other people.

 

And just a lot of the days were spent in corporate in basically survival mode, trying to take down someone else, and just really just trying to score points internally, as opposed to actually advancing the business and looking at the situation that I am describing in a particular Hollywood context.

 

It’s relatable to many industries in a corporate America, whether it’s Silicon valley or wall street, that at some point in particularly at more senior positions, the political dynamics tend to outweigh and overshadow  the real business of the business, and that was what I found myself in, and I found that the company made decisions, not based on meritocracy, but really, because someone shine someone’s shoes.

 

And I was just, I became disillusioned with that situation, and that led. Increasingly that just led to a disconnect between what I wanted, and the reality of this job, but I couldn’t walk away from the job because I’ve benefited from a very hype high paycheck. And I have mouths to feed, and a family to support, and so the reality of having to grin and bear it, so to speak, that really. It really tended to overshadow everything else. And as much as I had worked on a work-life balance, because I did not have this financial security, I was not in a happy place. And so I was expecting, hoping to be fired and looking forward to the occasion.

 

A kid looks forward to Christmas. And rather than that, it was business as usual and more of the same, and I And I remember this one, it never rains in Southern California, but on this particular day in Los Angeles, it was a downpour. And I left the studio around 6:00 PM. I got in my car, I’m driving to my hotel.

 

I called my father and said, I didn’t get fired. And I was just, explosive and that’s really, it’s a very mentally unhealthy place and unhappy place to be in. And after I basically extricate myself from that very toxic situation, I then made accelerating financial security a primary priority.

 

And I was able to fast track that in a relatively short amount of time, and that changes everything, and so the point I’m trying to make to you and to this audience is that often many professionals subscribe. To the trappings of professionals. So success and career aligning, and it’s often that we don’t recognize the importance of creating financial security as quickly as possible because there’s this solution sometimes correctly, sometimes fall asleep.

 

That one has the security of a great and well Payne. But tying financial security to job security is a very risky business and particularly so for very successful professionals. And so the biggest insight that I’ve learned is to always, not depend upon, any other organizations.

 

For my livelihood. So you didn’t get fired. So what kind of transpired, cause eventually you’ve mentioned, you got to FII about five years. How did you make Pasadena. Yeah. So I took, it took several weeks after that, that horrible experience in Los Angeles for me to extricate myself from the company, but I did, I went on sabbatical which was just an incredible experience, and basically reset myself, reset my.

 

My career, my aspirations, joined another company as chief executive and began a second professional life in a business, in an industry that I truly enjoyed at the time. And so as soon as I was on that second career, I then prioritized building financial security through real estate.

 

And while all this was transpiring, I was living and working in Hong Kong. Yet I managed to build, house by house, a modest single family, real estate portfolio. In the United States. And, so I took many trips to the U S. Some of these were family trips and many people went to Disneyland while the Millers went to California and we went house hunting.

 

We left with the souvenir to have a house under contract on business trips to Los Angeles. I wouldn’t leave LA until. Had a house under contract. And so trip by trip year by year, I was able to establish this portfolio of single family homes that really created the foundation for me to achieve FYI and to no longer have to work, in order to.

 

To support my family, I got more sophisticated as I got along, but certainly the pivotal point was building that property port portfolio by remote control from Hong Kong. How many assets, average rents, average or just price a little bit. Did you do any rehab or anything? No.

 

So I very much focus on, oh, w let me take a step back. I always believe in focusing on where you want to end up and then working back to the. And generally whether it’s a financial goal, whether it’s a personal goal or a career goal, I think that’s a good process to adapt. And so my objective in building this property portfolio is to build layers and layers of passive cash.

 

And I w I put a premium on passivity, which means that I want this experience to be as hassle free as possible. And as a result of that, I focused on the ideal demographic that I wanted to rent to. And then I asked myself, what kind of property would appeal to that demographic. And as a result of that thought process, I focus on middle to upper middle class, single family homes.

 

And, depending upon where you are in the country, that means different things in different places. But I started originally in Southern California and, and I completely outsource everything with respect to the actual running of these homes. Again, my goal is high pacivity and Melissa and over the rents being brought down average.

 

Yeah. So starting in Southern California, the purchase prices range because I did this over a number of years from $330,000. Ultimately to about $430,000 and the rents associated with that, range from 2200 or so to to currently about 2,600. And so it’s, and I have a number of properties that fall within that range in terms of the cash on cash yield. It has been less spectacular than other parts of the country where I now invest.

 

But the appreciation on those homes in California, and particularly at the timing of the. That’s been quite good. And so once I purchased a number of homes in California I felt that doing that, building that portfolio in California had run its course. And so I then started building a secondary portfolio in Kentucky.

 

How many houses did you get into California before you moved? So I kept at four. And then and right now they’re doing 80% on the value debt. No I am, I have a toxic relationship to debt. And we can talk about that, but I am all like, Okay. So you’re a hundred percent cash in those types of things.

 

Yeah, let’s talk about it. Most times out, I like to use as much debt as I can, as much as I cash it all. But yeah, walk me through the thought process. Wouldn’t you be able to take, you had maybe what, a $400,000 five policies. How much equity was there two mil to two in California?

 

Yeah. So the whole goal, again, you have to think about what the outcome is, what the desired outcome is. And for me, it was important to build financially. And so let’s talk about what that means. Most people think that financial security is a number, a goal, but actually financial security is an emotional state. It’s how you think about money. And for me,

 

I do not want to have it. Or have any anxieties about, about owing something to a third party. And so part of what enables me to sleep well at night is to know that I have zero down. And that helps me sleep well at night. And that is a personal choice, but I went to business school and I completely understand the financial benefits of leverage, which is why I outsource my leverage.

 

So I try to harness the benefits of leverage without that being in my book. And so in addition to these single family homes, I also invest in private placements, both equity and debt, as well as some closed end funds and all three of those financial categories, they utilize that. And if I’m doing a PE investment, I would much rather prefer.

 

That the sponsor gets institutional rates and gets the benefit of debt and have that debt on their books rather than on my books. And so through these private equity, private debt and closed in fund investments, I outsource this level. And so that’s my way of trying to harness some of the benefits of leverage without compromising, ultimately my peace of mind, which ultimately affects my financial security.

 

Yeah. And I think that’s exactly what a lot of our community does. Most of our credit investors are getting rid of their rental properties, going into private placements, that syndication circles, the key principle. Name what are your thoughts on, another reason why they do that, so they don’t get dead in their own name, but it’s also the liability, because right now, even if it’s an LLC you’re pro everybody knows right where to see you. They can look it up and they know exactly where your equity is and how much you have. What is your thought process on that side? Yeah. Yeah. And so it’s important to basically. Wrap these assets into a couple of protective layers.

 

And so one would be some kind of corporate entity, and legally that’s hard to puncture, but not impossible. And then on top of that to get some umbrella insurance, at a pretty high level. And so those are the two ways that I’ve been able to do that, to try to insulate myself. Again, going back to that demographic point that I was making, because I focus on middle to upper middle class homes.

 

That also attracts a certain kind of demographic that hopefully mitigates some potential litigation risk because I would respectfully disagree. That’s why we invest in workforce health. These, it’s not in the state of California, which is the litigation capital of the country, but also a lot of our tenants, they just are not, they just can’t muster a lawsuit.

 

And a lot of times the lawsuit it’s, whoever can power it and pay most for low legal fees. Yeah. Yeah. So I look, I have great tenants. I’m a good landlord. Most of my tenants have been with me for very long stretches of time. All of my properties are very professionally managed.

 

The management companies proactively make sure that the properties are in good order, and I invest in the property. And ultimately, and I believe that if you try to conduct yourself in the right way, ultimately that’s the best that you can do. Yeah, no I would agree with that.

 

But the rental property is just one small part of the portfolio. You mentioned private placements, to what would you say would be the asset allocation X between the direct owners. Too. I like your terminology, the outsource kind of debt or the outsource asset management.

 

I, so I truly put a premium on passivity and I belong. I believe in relying on professionals who have much more specialized expertise than I have. Whether that be tax professionals or whether that be property management professionals, insurance specialists. And I essentially, after I started building these single families and after massing about a dozen single family homes, I basically hit a threshold where I said, No.

 

W when I ask myself, do I want to make this bigger? And I could very much make it bigger and I can double the number of doors, direct doors that I have, but I don’t want to create another job. I left a very high paying job. And so Y.

 

I sold them off. Yeah. Let’s hear it. Why create that? But having said that, I, I like, and maybe it’s my Asian background, where people really. Prize and respect, physical real estate. That’s why I keep the single family homes as part of the portfolio. And I would say that part of the portfolio in terms of my income, because that’s really how I measure things accounts for about 40% of my.

 

But on top of that, I then layer it with private equity, private debt. And I have a very strong position in fonts, and so overall about two thirds of my portfolio is positioned and weighted toward real estate. But I also do invest in them primarily. Muni bond funds. And that is for liquidity and for diversification, just because so much of my portfolio is otherwise committed through long-term real estate investments, whether that’s private placement or during.

 

Okay. So the rental properties are just a bit of a tip of the iceberg in a way. I’m assuming, do you ever look to sell any of them or prune the prune, that part of the portfolio a little bit? I do. In fact, I’m in the process of doing, or at least staging one cell now. I am pruning the California properties.

 

For some of the reasons that you’ve mentioned before, the properties have appreciated extremely well, but they’re just not cash flowing relative to other productive uses for. For that value, like that is contained. And you’ve got a portfolio and Kentucky, as you mentioned, are you thinking about making it more into California properties or different geographic locations?

 

So I very much believe that one should try to have a little bit of specialization, early on. When I was building my portfolio, I actually thought I’d buy a place in LA. I’ll buy a place in Seattle. And basically, every market of the day, I thought, let me buy a place.

 

But I realized that’s crazy and for a small retail individual investor, it just doesn’t make sense. I very much believe in creating some modest economies of scale, which is why for direct investments, I focused on those two geographies and on nurturing an ecosystem of trusted experts.

 

That I can completely lie on and rely on to manage them. And so I am in the process of, and this is a multi-year process of exiting my California exposures. And, I don’t think I’m going to add any more. To Kentucky, because, currently in terms of a diverse diversification perspective, I’m concerned about concentration risk.

 

And so I’m trying to figure it out. As we speak, what to do, where to basically direct that money. And I haven’t conclusively landed on, on, on that last year. And by remote control because I was locked down in Thailand, I did a 10 31 from California and I bought sight-unseen three investment homes and.

 

And I did that because I had this reliable network of professionals who I’ve worked with now for a number of years, that they could be the boots on the ground. And that enabled me to do that 10 31 and basically convert one California home into three Kentucky properties, and that’s the way the math works.

 

So still on the fence of, you’re going to sell some of the California rentals one by one slowly, but you haven’t decided yet if it’s going to go back into more California properties or a different tertiary market or secondary, it definitely will not be recycled into California.

 

And so ultimately I will Lexic California, any couple markets, you’ve thought. Yeah. So I’m looking at Birmingham. I’m actually looking at DC, which is where I am at the moment. But I am also looking at DSTs at Delaware statute, statutory trust as well as opportunity zones as an alternative to buying direct properties.

 

And so I am in a diligence process on all those options. Yeah. So this is for folks listening, like DC is definitely a primary market like California, we’re very low rent to value ratios, lower cap rates. For Todd, this is a very different situation, right? His end game scenario is not an immediate growth.

 

But that’s why you invest for low caps for security and capital preservation in those types of markets. I would say today, if you were going to do that in DC and buy these higher end homes, it wouldn’t be a bad idea to do a cost SEG before 2022, before long, lock in those losses, just bank it on an 82 84 form for now.

 

But I know it seems like you’re still undecided, whether they’re going to go, the lower Capri type of market or Birmingham, I am. And I have a few months where I have a runway for me to figure this out. Yeah. I’ve got a couple of properties in Birmingham. I’m sure. Love to unload if you’d like to buy.

 

Yeah. So Birmingham was one of the markets where I originally bought rental properties, but I’m on private placements, syndications that mostly operate at this point. Great. These are like the conversations pruning our portfolios that want to be safe, siphoning it around a little bit, never staying stagnant, but never making wholesale changes.

 

I, one year I sold two properties in Seattle, bought Knight out of state. That’s a little, wholesale change right there in line change if you hockey fans out there. But these are the, what Todd is doing is very. Prudent and if there are ways to do it right, it’s very good, it’s very incremental.

 

It’s cautious, it’s defensive, but it works. And again, I think every investor has to ask, do I want to build a business or do I want to build a financial sector? And those are two different things. And depending upon how you answer that will then dictate how you scale and structure your investments.

 

So again, Todd is the author of Enrich. What are like a couple of big takeaways from the book, just to give people a little teaser to talk. Sure. So Enrich is about creating wealth in time, money and meaning, and because I’ve been obsessed with this work-life equation for a quarter century through my research, I identified three very common and pressing goals, which tend to.

 

Just Sapp, the life out of life for professionals. And these three core challenges are financial insecurity, time, poverty, and a disconnect in priorities. And so we’ve discussed financial insecurity and how to pay a paycheck. And job security does not create financial security in terms of time poverty. This is a pervasive problem among professionals Ernst and young says that insufficient time accounts for four of the five biggest hurdles that professionals face.

 

And so the third core challenge is this perpetual disconnect between how professionals wish that they could spend their day versus how they actually spend their day. And there’s this demoralizing gap between what we wish that we could be doing. And you know how we actually live our days. And that explains the deep funk that I was in when I was working at that Hollywood studio.

 

And I was demoralized when I thought it’s fire, because just how I was spending my days didn’t relate to what was important to me at that time. And so with those three core challenges, what I encouraged. Readers of this book want to create optionality. So that work becomes a choice and not an obligation and to take control of their lives through intentionality, which is, can you give an example?

 

Of intentionality, right? Yes it’s really about being deliberate and purposeful in how you spend your time. And so a great example is, and what I encourage every listener of this podcast to do is to wake up the most. And ask yourself what will make today a great day, not a good day, not another Wednesday day, but what will make today a great day.

 

And to consider that question on our personal dimension, on a professional dimension and on a financial domain. And then with deliberateness to go about and to accomplish whatever it is that you identified that will make this day a great day. That’s what it means to live intentionally. And so goals and goal setting and goal achievement.

 

They all keep, they actually occupy about a third of. And I dive deeply into the science of goal setting and goal achievement, because it’s so important, but it’s especially important at this moment in time to take control, because one of the biggest facets of this pandemic has been a perceived loss of control.

 

Where events and situations just tend to undermine and supersede everything. And at an individual level, particularly in lockdown, we have a little control. And so at a time when the world seems out of control, it’s mighty important to take control. Where we can in our lives. And that is the power of intentionality.

 

So maybe just give us some examples of you shoot, you’ve seen people make, because I think people understand so liberally that yeah, I got a great life. How I want it today. This is the ideal. But the problem I think people run into is myself included. At some point we’re just running on autopilot and we just lack the imagination to know what those things are, right?

 

Like what, there’s a governor on a lot of us. Yes. I call that the default setting and most of us are not aware of that default setting. It sets. Usually around college time when we’re in college and when we’re in college, we’re directed toward careers. And once we start climbing the ladder, we then spend much effort climbing as fast and as high as we can.

 

Without ever surveying whether or not the ladder leans against the right wall. And part of this default setting is that we implicitly subscribe to a 40 year ultra marathon. To create some degree of financial incision of financial freedom. In other words, we embarked upon our careers in our twenties and we hope to exit if we’re lucky sometime in our sixties.

 

And then we think we’ll be able to live the life that we wish we could have been living all along. How crazy is that? But that is the default setting for which most people unconsciously operate. And so the first step is to recognize the default setting and to recognize that often the juice doesn’t justify the squeeze and then to reject.

 

That default setting, but to be able to reject the default city, you’d need to have something aspiring, something inspirational to work too. And that’s where the notion of life planning and goal setting and goal achievement come into play. Let me give you a great example. So I was in my mid twenties, a few years out of business school.

 

My life was rocking. My career was rocking. I had just paid off all my student loans and I had just spent this amazing three week holiday in Africa with my family. And life, Life was almost perfect. And I was headed back home after this amazing vacation with my family and I was in Dubai at three o’clock in the morning about to board a flight back to the real world.

 

And I asked myself though, do I just go back to more of the same. Or do I go back with some intention and some purpose because I just felt directionless. And so on a scratch piece of paper on the floor of the airport, I scribbled out very long-term aspirations that I had. And once I got back into the office, a few days later, I really looked at that scratch piece of paper, made a couple edits and those aspirations became the first iteration of a life plan.

 

And. I’ve enlarged and developed this life planning system over a number of years, but it’s now become my central operating system and the whole process about making the time to understand what you really value. To understand what your priorities are and then to identify what makes an enriched and meaningful life for you just going through that thought process and articulating a few key aspirations that in itself is a very powerful process.

 

And by the notion of. Laying out what the biggest priorities are in life and then directing your focus toward those priorities. That really is the essence of living intentionally and creating this life of time, money, and meaning, which we all aspire to. What observation there you got out of your noble setting, right?

 

On occasion, you’re able to get out of your default setting. God gave you that traction to do that little exercise. Yes. But I think more than more importantly until that moment, my goals had been, career. Get rid of all my student debt, and I had kinda, and those were modest goals, but I had knocked them all off.

 

And without some team larger for me to work toward too, it was that feeling of directionless, NUS. And yes, getting out of my comfort zone was a great catalyst to recognize. But, I think that we all need to know what we’re working toward because to paraphrase Yogi Berra, if you don’t know where you’re going, you just might not get there with the Trisha CAC. Jessica the cat said something similar, right? You don’t know where you’re going. I can’t tell you where you go, where you are. Something like that. Cool. Yeah, folks want to check out the book. Enrich is the title by Todd Miller, website enrich one-on-one dot com. But any parting words, thought, look I think that, we as investors, we as a nation have been through a traumatic experience over the past year and a half. 

 

And the partying concept that I would like to leave for your audience is do we return to normal or do we aspire to something richer and better? And I would encourage everybody to begin to incorporate the practice of intentionality in their daily lives so that we can go as individuals and as a community to a richer and better normal.

 

Well said yeah. I think most people listening, you guys have already realized that there’s something might be better out there. If not, you wouldn’t have Googled simple passive cashflow, you and haven’t downloaded a podcast. So I think a lot of you guys are heading in the right direction, but keep going on that momentum and pick up Todd’s book Enrich.

 

Again, like Todd says, you have to find something that pulls you, but you gotta figure out what the heck that is. Do the exercises. I also have you guys go to simplepassivecashflow.com/goals. There’s a little worksheet there that you guys can download. And I think we did this in 2019 and 2020.

 

I did a video tutorial. You guys can pull that on the website. I will also say that in the book that I include 11 exercises that relate to different aspects of many of the themes that we have discussed, but that really this book Enrich, goal setting goal achieved. Is such an important process to actually fulfill and create the life that we all aspire to.

 

Everybody. Thanks for listening guys. You only take this stuff so far on podcasts and books. Join the community. Simplepassivecashflow.com/club. See you guys out in real life. One of these days. And if you haven’t yet connected with me, shoot me an email at Lane@simplepassivecashflow.com. Book your onboarding call, and we’ll see you guys next week. 

Raj Interviews Lane | Real Estate Investing for Working Professionals

https://youtu.be/0vyIr3YQAVg

What’s up  simple passive cashflow listeners. Today you’re going to be hearing an interview that I actually thought was pretty good. I go on a lot of these interviews and there’s a lot of lame podcasts and a lot of, even lamer  podcasts hosts  that just don’t ask very good questions and put me to sleep.

 

Because they keep saying the same thing over and over again, but this particular one was pretty good. And I think it would be a good one to share with friends. Again, if you guys are in the investor club, go to simple passive cashflow.com/clubs, sign up there for free. If you guys want to get one of the free eCourses what we do to incentivize you guys to share with friends is if you email team@simplepassivecashflow.com and CC your friend with the intro and possibly give them this podcast I think it’s a great introduction to what we’re all about here at simple passive cashflow.

 

And it is going to talk about a lot of the mistakes that we see regular people making with their money. So check out, make sure you’re not doing any of these types of things or making steps in the right directions. That’s all we ask. Yeah. Thanks to you guys who have referred your guys’ friends and today, like I’d say half of the people that we have coming into the group are referrals from their friends. And it’s funny, like a lot of you guys listen to the podcasts a lot, you guys are the ones reading everything, listening, everything, your referrals.

 

Trust you guys there for some strange reason, you’re probably the one person in your friend group that all your other friends know as the person who likes to read up on all this stuff. And it’s the financial guru guy out of your group. But often it’s not what you know, but it’s who you know, I’ve talked to a lot of very astute, high level investors that are completely honest with me when they book their free strategy call.

 

And they’re like, you know what? I don’t really know about this investment or all the technicalities. I just trust my friend who does, and that’s the way I roll, which kind of seems a little irresponsible at first, when you start to think about it, you’re just falling full back into the end zone, but you don’t, these guys get into the end.

 

And I think that’s what’s hard, like at least speaking from my own personal experience, like growing up in a family where parents weren’t accredited, I didn’t have any accredited friends or anything like that. Or my circle just didn’t have any of these types of people. I had to definitely pay to play to get into the circle of accredited, purely passive investors, which is the group that we’ve created today.

 

And, if you’re in the investor  club, you guys do get a spot chance to interact with our accredited investor database from time to time when I travel. We are planning another tour in Huntsville later this summer. Hopefully you guys can come out to that, visit some properties, break some bread, hang out a little.

 

And maybe you might do something in California. But at the end of the year, we’ll probably be doing that retreat that we always do. Haven’t got the page set up yet, but you guys can check out last year, site years before it’s simplepassivecashflow.com/hui4 Hui the number four. But yeah, here’s the interview and enjoy the show.

 

 

 

 

 

I know that You have talked about the counterintuitive ways that the wealthy have created their wealth and make money. I’d love to hear your thoughts. Yeah.  followed this whole linear path of going to school, becoming an engineer, and getting a job. Part of that path is the best thing in that thing, 401k.  I’ve been investing since 2009 and very quickly I realize what a sham that is. And I might be upsetting as a person, but maybe you should get upset or you shouldn’t get upset. She’d ask  what’s the reason why? Because I’m standing here, I’m not working my engineering job anymore.

 

Because I got smart. And I realized that if I just invested in real estate, I’d make money four ways: mortgage paid down, appreciation, tax benefits and a cash flow. And when I put my math to it I was making like 20, 30% of my money every year on that stuff. If you don’t believe me, you can go to my video where I do a whiteboard exercise and break down the math for you, a simple passive cash.com/returns.

 

But  I was like why the heck would, I want to make eight to 10% only? Not in that 401k stuff. It makes no sense to me, and I discovered this whole sham where they won’t exactly want us to do that stuff. They want us to invest in this stuff because if everybody just followed what I did and bought a handful of rentals, they would be financially independent, who would build our bridges, who would get her coffee, who would do surgeries for us.

 

Maybe some people would, but. Vast majority with peace out, it would be out of that stuff. And that’s just one of the things, the counterintuitive things that the wealthy do, including, I’m not a big fan of buying a house to live in. And the whole argument for retirement accounts too.

 

I’m sure you get this a lot, but you sound a lot like Robert Kiyosaki. He also talks about it, following the path, go to college, get a safe, secure job with benefits as in do not do it. And he also talks about the stock market and 401k. Could you hone in a little bit more into why you do not like 401ks?

 

When I invest, I pull my money out of my 401k’s Roth, stuff like that, because I wanted to invest cash for four main reasons. First reason is,  I think you and I, Raj, we’re going to be making more money in the future. Therefore we’re going to be in a higher tax bracket in future.

 

So I would rather pay my taxes today and Hey man, get it out while I’m in the lower tax bracket state. Secondly, I want,  just look at where this country is going with all these government entitlement programs, and how else we’re going to pay for it. Majority of it is going to be inflation. That’s another topic.

 

And by the way, that’s real estate as the answer for that.  You gotta raise taxes, so taxes are going to be going up. Therefore again, here, pay your taxes today, get it out of that stuff where the government essentially has a full lean on you, whatever God in your retirement accounts.  Thirdly, I’m not gonna retire when I’m 65, 70, or whenever they say I can get that money.

 

I’m retired now, so I’d like to get it. I don’t need to use it, but I want access to it. I don’t want it to be locked up.  Don’t put me in a category with other people out there that are unable to save money. I don’t need to be on that cruise ship. And then lastly, here’s the big kicker, right?

 

People will argue you got your money in this retirement account. Supposedly it’s gross tax free, which it does.  But if you’re investing cash outside your retirement account in real estate, the dang thing should be tax-free anyway. And the big kicker is if you’re investing in deals that do cost segregation, give bonus appreciation, you should be getting a heck of a lot more losses to offset the gains and even at that investment.

 

This is where we get into even more wealth building strategies of the wealthy. Like I personally don’t pay taxes and that sounds a jerk move. But I invest a heck of a lot of money into this society. And that’s what the government wants. The tax code is written to incentivize folks like me and you guys to invest your money, do things, tactics such as cost segregation to get a lot of passive activity losses, and pay little to no taxes.

 

And you don’t get that levers and let you invest cash and you get those passive activity losses.  100% I totally agree with you. And I also would like to say that if you can say one, your taxes, you should save on the taxes legally. That is absolutely true. And if you want to give back to society, then go to charity.

 

But don’t try to say that people should pay more taxes, at least that’s my opinion. Yeah. The way I look at it is like the government is like, there’s these incentives for you to do what they want you to do.  They want me to invest in workforce housing and buy assets that create this economic multiplier.

 

So I do that. I’m not a dummy. I may not read the whole IRS thing, but I have professionals that do it for me and guide me and I work with them to guide me to what actions I need to take place. I don’t worry about politics. I just worry about what I should do as best as I can.

 

And I guess what I’m trying to say here is  if you invest, you don’t do any of this stuff that the government wants to do. Yeah, man, you gotta pay taxes. All of us, the pitch in the repair of the potholes in the street, pay  city state workers, right?

 

That’s what you gotta do, right? If you’re just another joke, the low average guy out there investing in non tax advantage stuff that the government doesn’t is lukewarm on. Then yeah, bro, you got to pay taxes. You’re a straight shooter Lane. I like your authentic self. That’s very good.  I keep it fun. Because sometimes this stuff can get really dry and boring, especially the tax stuff.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I don’t know if you’ve heard this, but at some place somebody was saying somebody, I really respect that the bulk of the tax code is dedicated to how to save on the taxes, the deductions and the credits.

 

And it’s only the first 50 or 60 pages that talk about how to pay taxes. So the tax code is big and complicated, but most of it is dedicated to saving taxes. Yeah. It is what it is. Some people also say that it’s like  the politicians slipping in there what they want, cause they’re all wealthy.

 

They know what’s up. I don’t care. I don’t care about all this like stories or urban legends? I don’t care. I understand what the system is, understand the game and I play the game and I think that’s what everybody needs to do out there because taxes are your number one expense of life.

 

You cannot leave it up to your CPA. Your CPA is not equipped to know your situation, what you’re investing in, what kind of deals, risk , work profiles, when you’re getting your passive losses, when you’re exiting set deals and hopefully you’re in a multitude of different deals, that is nothing that a CPA should be doing for you.

 

That it’s your responsibility folks out there. You need to empower yourself to have an educated conversation with your tax profession. Lane, I love winning, but you say that, you don’t complain and these other rules and you play the rules. So when you’re playing a game of cards, you play the hand that you’re dealt, that’s it?

 

That’s how you win, right? All right. Good. That we have to establish some of the rules that the rich follow to create wealth and make money. Could you also talk about, there are working professionals, they may know the rules, but they don’t have the time or the expertise, even though they know what’s the better way to invest.

 

So could you talk to us a little bit about passive investing for working professionals? I was working as an engineer way back when in 2007, I bought my first run in 2009.  At the time my net worth was under half a million bucks. So to me, the name of the game is just buying rental properties.

 

I don’t think that you have enough net worth to be able to go into syndications of private placements, even though there are many indications out there. If you go to the EDGAR sec website for non-accredited investors, you just need to be at the private network of syndicators sponsor.  But I think it’s important for investors, especially lower on a net worth scale to invest in rental properties and understand the business, understand how this is done so that when you finally do look at a pitch deck, you’re not totally oblivious to the marketing sham scent that, just every deal looks good, when it’s on a shiny PDF.  For a lot of accredited investors guys that make six figures and above you’re, right? Like the time it takes to buy a rental prop, even a turnkey rental, where they fix up the property for you by putting a tenant in there for you.  For what, like easily, a few hundred bucks a cashflow a month.

 

In 2015, I had 11 rental properties. I went down that turnkey rabbit hole for quite some time. And with 11 rentals, it was cool. I had $300 a cash flow per property. So $3,000 a month. No, I’m not complaining. I was in my twenties at the time.  That was pretty decent, pretty good.

 

Not to be ungrateful or anything like that, but I don’t know what American family can survive. All three grand. You’re going to need three times that. So with 11 properties, I had an eviction or two every year, some kind of big thing attached to me that happened in a different quarter, like a plumbing repair or a tree falling on the house, pedal trees or something like that.

 

If you need 30 houses, then now you’re talking about an eviction every other month and some kind of big tree every other week, it just becomes unscalable even with professional property management to do your dirty work for you. So that’s where I found syndication’s private placement shortly after 2015, when I hit that inflection required and became more of an accredited investor.

 

Okay. And you are a syndicator yourself now. So could you talk to me about your journey from that point to becoming a syndicator? Yeah, so I was in my late twenties and I wasn’t quite yet an accredited  investor. I think I wasn’t quite there, but I was on the path for sure. And I was certainly on the path to retire from my day job as an engineer before I was 40 by being a passive LP partner.

 

So that’s why I eventually did initially. I was why do I want to take on all the stress and do all these spinning plates? And there’s a lot of investors that don’t realize there’s a huge gap between LPs and the general partners. It’s not just one level. It’s like your guys’ job.

 

There’s usually two rungs or two salary codes between you and your boss. You gotta go somewhere else and come back. If you want to reincarnate as a boss, same thing as general partners.  So that’s it, I went as LP. Because I knew how to analyze deals. I had gone through a coaching where they taught us how to do that.

 

I felt like I was a really good passive investor, much more than  I was able to take profit loss statements, rent rolls, run my own comps and it put into my analyzer and just spot check that sponsor and operator are they being conservative with the deal or really getting what the pro formas that it was.

 

And I was able to run as an independent  and I went on the LP path because I was like if I could just, maybe I don’t double my money every five years or something like that. If I just grow my money at a conservative 12 to 14% IRR. Yeah. I’ll be able to quit my day job. Won’t perform 40.

 

And that was the goal initially. It’s just to put my oxygen mask on it. I don’t have to go to that job that I don’t like.  Because a lot of people want to just copy me and just follow me into deals. That’s how I found myself in a general partner facet.

 

And then I realized that operating deals, if people are around you and will help you and train you, isn’t that difficult? It’s not difficult, but it’s something that like any guru program will teach you. So eventually I transitioned into more of a general partner role. Today, I currently operate 4,500 rental properties.

 

 So it’s been, maybe it’s taking five years to get there. What I’m thinking is that something that striked me when you were telling me your story that you started with, with a net worth of about half a million dollars. Now you’re at about four and a half thousand units across 12 states, what role did your mindset play in this journey and your success?

 

And could you talk to us about that transformation from beginning to end? It’s gone through a couple of inflection points when I had just a handful of rental properties in my earlier twenties, this is just in the beginning stages. I was working at a private company and those people will know that private companies are a little bit more stressful, you get paid more, but I started to see the light at the end of the tunnel.

 

And I was like, Yeah, man. I may only be making a thousand dollars, $2,000 a month from these turnkey rentals. But my time here is ending,  and then I soon was making more than my boss’ boss, and I developed a bad attitude at work. Gotta be honest. It’s not like I was walking around oh, maybe it was, maybe it did come across as that, but I eventually started to change jobs to more work for the government.

 

 A little bit more cruise jobs, the bit more free time, to do the real estate investing passively on the side.  But I started to adopt the more mindset of where I didn’t need to go to work, but I enjoyed the people who kind of didn’t mind going to do the job. Even though it didn’t take that long every day of actively doing it.

 

So I became a passive investor and passive W2 worker at that point.  And I think most investors find themselves at that point.  At least people I work with, or at least maybe that’s just the beginning stage where you start to realize that life becomes light, right? You realize you’re on the fast path to financial freedom.

 

It’s not going to take 40, 50 years. You’re on the 10 year path plan. You just keep working this, you may not like your job, but at least it’s not like super stressing you out. It’s not everything to you because you have this proven system of buying rental properties and you’re pulling yourself out of there.

 

 Things changed in 2016 when I started a podcast because originally it started How do you buy turnkey rentals? Because all my buddies were asking me. How do you borrow these properties? And like Birmingham and Atlanta never even visited the damn thing. How do you do that? And they waste my time.

 

They’d ask me all these questions and they never do anything. And I would get frustrated. Like  you guys are wasting my time. I was going to record  this thing. And then you guys can listen to it if you’re interested in taking action or not. So I did that. The thing got really popular and a lot of people were really like, like I bought a year later in 2017, the podcast got a lot of traction and they’re like, yeah, I actually went and bought a rental property.

 

Thank you very much. And I got a lot of these like emails and I was like, oh, this makes me feel good. And so, I think a lot of people, they moved from this scarcity to abundance mentality. And it’s not that you’re a bad person, if you don’t have it, but you need money to be abundant. In my opinion, I don’t think unless you’re like a Yogi that goes on in the mountain, it’s truly a funded mindset.

 

I don’t think nationally you have it. I think it’s good to have a little scarcity mindset in the beginning. This is like the immigrant mentality that a lot of people have, right. They come to America, the immigrant mentality allows them to be frugal. They don’t buy stupid stuff. They’re frugal with their time, how they work for, and it builds, gets them off the ground.

 

But after a while, maybe even your net worth  gets to be half a million dollars more. You start to develop that mindset, that operating system doesn’t help you.  It’s like DOS going to Windows or something like that. So around when I had the 11 rentals. I saw the light at the end of the tunnel.

 

I had a few thousand dollars of cash a month. I started to realize that at the time I was like, in my mid to late twenties, I started to realize in my thirties I’d be able to quit my day job. But then I screwed up. I was like, I’m just gonna be like the internet. Like guys who just take pictures on my Instagram, food travel, travel bloggers, guys who aren’t really quite financially free, but they appear to be right. You want to live their lifestyle. And then I did that maybe for a few weeks. And then I realized this is really lame. Like the guys, like the financial bloggers that are all into their index funds,  they work their Silicon valley job.

 

Then they go to Thailand and they live off their $1.25 million and they live super frugally on their index funds and that’s cool. If that’s you guys, I think that’s cool. Maybe you’ll hit an inflection point in your life, but you get to a point where you’re like, this is lame, is this all that life is for, and most people, if you talk to the successful, maybe not the wealthier on wealthy, but just as successful, the truly happy people. They’ve found ways to give back to other people and make them send the elevator back down or whatever saying you want to use, but find and find other people to help out along their journey and that’s what I clicked to . Then, we’re here.

 

That’s fantastic. What I’m hearing is like a couple of different stages of financial freedom. So number one, many people keep talking about the financial media and keep talking about how most of the people have not enough money in their 401k accounts, and they will never be able to retire and they’ll work till they die.

 

And you touched upon why you are not a big fan of 401k. The next stage is people who aren’t able to retire, but on time then you talked about people who have died off on index funds, like they have a million and a quarter, a million and a half, and they’re dead in Thailand and they’re living off the 4% safe withdrawal rate.

 

And then the next day that you’re talking about is no, that’s not enough for me. I want to go back. I’m going to create real wealth and I’m going to send the elevator down and bring people along for the ride. And I think when you get to that stage, like the next goal is they’re getting to four and a half million dollars net worth.

 

A lot of people in my circle talk about that number because I think if you can withdraw it at 3% rate, you can have two nincompoop trust fund kids that are just totally doing whatever. And it’s really hard for them to screw that number up.  But then here’s something that I’m kinda, I’m not talking truly from experience, but I’m getting insight because I try and surround myself with a mastermind of people that are getting it to this level.

 

Like people do one or two things here, and we’re already talking about like the top 0.01% that even make it the four and a half million dollars net worth, most people will get off of the bus there because it’s a pool of four and a half million dollars. That’s a great life. You can just peace out and do really whatever you want.

 

Fly  first class has a very peaceful life. There are some people that it’s a very, it’s a smaller minority of the minority that. They get really passionate about something, whether it’s dogs or helping out other people who went through trauma in their life, or for me, it’s I’m just really upset that there’s so many working professionals out there that just are duped by this like fun wall street, nonsense, 401ks buying a house to live in and these are hardworking people. These are like my engineering brothers that were stuck in the basement while everybody’s playing Frisbee in the quad

 

 There’s so many hard working people out there. Doctors have to go to school for 15 years and most of those guys will have to work for their entire life and never really get ahead. If they just bought a handful of rentals, they’d be able to be financially free.  And that’s my mission and my hope is if I help enough people.

 

Get to four and a half million dollars. They’ll reach this God level where it’s like, they’re like I want to find some other way, right? For them, it may not be helping them on the path to financial freedom such as you Raj. But they are like dogs or I don’t know. They want to like their cancer.

 

I don’t know what the heck they want to do, but maybe they realize that money is a platform or means to get there. So that sends them on this. Like now they have to keep the engines going. So at four and a half million dollars, you can think of a spaceship going into outer space. You’ve hit escape velocity .

 

You can turn off the engines in cruise control for the rest of your life, but they realized that they need to keep the engines on and go and achieve eight figures. I think that’s 10 million, right? And that money is necessary. The power of this bigger purpose, legacy, whatever you want to call it. But that’s all I have privy to now.

 

They always say you don’t know the next purchase until you’re there, but that’s what I see at this point. I’m curious to know why you and your buddies in your network talk about four and a half million, not five, not six, not three. Is there a reason why specifically this number?

 

 I don’t know. It’s not as daunting as five to six, but I don’t know. I think that the 3% withdrawal rate has something to do with it. If I just go like 3% of 4.5 million, that’s $135,000 a year,  that’s and if you have two kids, that’s like a working man salary tax-free,  at 3%, it’s pretty pathetic, right? That’s like the pace of inflation.  Yeah. I’m more of a four person. I think that you can easily withdraw 4% forever adjusted for inflation and never run out of your principal. I think I also come up with that number because I see a lot of  it’s kinda like a voyeur.

 

It’d be like, I see a lot of like financial profiles that come through when I’m approving these PPM, is it investor subscription docs? And  I know what they make. I know how their spending habits are and I know what their net worth is. And I’m just like I see this come through like hundreds of times and there’s nothing really, that surprises me.

 

The only surprises are either somebody was whittled this money or they, their trust fund kid, or they won the lottery. That’s the only time it surprises me, but most times I know where people are and there’s always that glass ceiling, four and a half million plus or minus do it yourself.

 

Okay. I’m very intrigued by your background. So tell us what pictures are you seeing here? Was this an event?  I kinda run a family office Ohana mastermind. We’re like a close group of financial fanatic  friends accredited investors.  I’m big on relationships and knowing everybody that’s just how I am.

 

That’s how it is here in Hawaii. Everybody knows each other.  I surround myself with like minded individuals along the same path as myself. A lot of people are working professionals, still working their day job. They make much more than six figures, net worth million dollars or more, but you wouldn’t know by appearance, right?

 

Because they are first generation. They weren’t born with their wealth. Their parents didn’t have a million dollars. And the first generation that’s going to surpass that million dollar threshold. So it’s very different from going to the country club a lot of times. It’s just people who are trust fund kids.

 

I went to private school. I know what this is all about. Most people are there because their parents have money. Oh, I don’t know what the statistics are. Something like 90% of wealth leaves a family in two or three generations for good reason, because people don’t know how to make money legitimately know how to go to work for a salary. They don’t know how to really truly make money. And certainly they don’t know how to make a legacy. Yeah. That’s a known fact, you know that.

 

So I’d like to go back to your comment about what is a good path to follow for working professionals. So you talked about 401k is not the best thing in the world. Then you talked about investing in rentals, then you talked about  investing as an LP. So what’s your recommendation, one other or combination of both.

 

Could you talk to us a little bit about that? Yeah. First off your guy’s net worth is under half a million. Don’t buy a house to live in and that’s a financial drag on you and to me, I don’t think you people deserve to buy a house until their net worth is over two times what their house is worth.

 

 Even if they’re buying it with debt, the people can listen to me or not. They’re going to do what they want, but that’s just one of my 2 cents. But so you take a guy who is under a quarter million, half a million dollars net worth making able to save over $5-10,000 a year to buy a rental property.

 

Go buy a few, learn the business, right? If you’re more of an accredited investor with a higher net worth, then look into syndications of private placements and surround yourself with a community of like-minded individuals. We’re also investing in this stuff. So you can get in the ethos. What do you say to people that invest in cryptocurrency?

 

This is the future of the world economy, and if you’re not investing there, you are being left out. Oh, boy, you’ll find all the can of worms there.  Okay. So I am bullish on crypto. I think it is a disruptor. It takes power away from countries and the libertarian in me likes that I think I like the technology thing.

 

I think it’s definitely an emerging asset class, but to me I don’t really want to take chances. I like real estate because it’s a hard asset, produces cash flow and I can leverage it pretty well with really government subsidized loans and the tax benefits are amazing. Those are three things that cryptocurrency is not.

 

So the prescription I have and, podcast land, you got a lot of generalities liberals, so here’s one of them guys, if your net worth is over a million dollars, I think you can open up and play a little bit more with cryptocurrency. Obviously, we’re not going to differentiate between the altcoins and more your bread and butter, your Bitcoin with Ethereum, or your stable coins. We’re not going to get into that detail, but I would,  a lot of people, above a million dollars net worth, they don’t typically go over five to 10% of their network.  If you’re lower net worth to me, the prudent ways to do it, like how I did buy a rental property, who was your portfolio?

 

Prudent cash flow and it just takes a while to get it going. But most people have this completely backwards. They go and gamble a cryptocurrency first, which to me, I don’t agree with, but I can see if you’re broke, you got to gamble a little bit too. So I see it both ways. But if I were to give my formal answer, like as your net worth goes up, you can take on more asymmetric risk types of deals such as crypto, right? Like I like investing in workforce style, housing that’s cash flowing day one with a little bit of value add it’s nothing crazy. There’s a great return. And more importantly, capital preservation there. And that’s what I base my portfolio off of. I can sleep at night.

 

I don’t have to worry about it. But now that I’m more of an accredited investor, I don’t need the cash till this is it a ride, so I’m more inclined  to go after more asymmetric  risk deals such as developments. I’m not a big fan of venture capital. I think that’s just a crap shoot.

 

Total crap shoot.  Even though maybe you could make more money, I’m just not into that. It’s just not the type of investor I am, but as your net worth goes up, you start to get a little bit more ballsy with your investments to use that technical term. And  this is a trust fund kids with second, third generation wealth do. They just don’t care. Because they don’t know the value of the money. So they just gamble it on these sexy like developments or these asymmetric risk plays and yeah, they’ll probably be, do fine. But what do you do when you’re first-generation wealthy and your net worth is under a million dollars, you cannot sustain a loss or you just have to build the slope food in a way with cash flow and minor value add. Probably not what people want to hear because it’s going to take time. It does. So what’s the recommendation? So you talked about that you followed the path, right? So go to a good college, get good grades, get a safe, secure, stable job. What is your prescription to a good life?  I’m not a big fan of college and all that stuff.

 

I hang my degrees upside down on the wall for a reason and they’re not displayed behind me. But, you know what? I will admit that my engineering job allowed me to get paid pretty well out of college. And that was what I parlayed and threw into my investments to get me the lift off the ground.  I do regret the time that I spent studying, but it was necessary to get that job and the salary.

 

And I guess what people need to realize is what is your highest and best use, right? If you’re already a doctor or dentist, sorry, buddy, you’re better off just doing the surgeries, keep working. Cause that’s your best ability, your highest and best use to make money, to parlay into passive investing it.

 

We all have to trade time for money until we have enough money invested. So our money works harder for us. The same money, never sleeps is entirely true. It’s just, most people don’t have their money working for them.  Money should be working hard for you. So if you don’t have money, sorry, man, you can’t invest.

 

This is real estate investing. You need money to invest. So most people are in the square one phase where they have to make money too, to invest it. And for a lot of people, those things are likely in that stage. But as you just slowly move from ordinary income to passive income, you need to realize if your spaceship is going fast enough so that you can hit escape velocity.

 

And what is your escape velocity? It’s different for everybody. I live a very frugal life here in Hawaii. I don’t buy any stupid things other than a kind of nice car. I don’t spend more than a thousand dollars in a car payment, but that’s like my one vice, I guess I don’t buy a house to live in. I rent because to me it makes total sense here and I can get a good deal on it.

 

So I don’t need to go very fast to hit my escape velocity, but everybody is different. So people should go to college, get good grades, get an active W2, and a job so that they have money to invest. If they’re smart, if they’re not very good academically, they should perhaps be an entrepreneur  and try that route.

 

I don’t have kids where I can advise them accordingly. But if I had a dumb kid, I’ll probably, Hey man, like I don’t, that’s a psychology degree, probably psch major, or this art, Asian history studies. Maybe we should save $50,000 a year. And perhaps you should just try this, be a landlord and try.

 

And I’m not saying they should flip houses or anything like that. But this is what we help. A lot of our folks do in our mastermind group is like, how do we groom that next generation, to be a good steward of their wealth, but we have to get them to build skill sets and also show the ability to trade time for money, to be a contributor to society before they step into full-time investor so they appreciate the cash flow.

 

Yeah. I was reading a book by Chris Hogan and he talks about how he has spoken to 10,000 millionaires across the country. And one thing that he sees across the spectrum is that most, not all, but most of the millionaires didn’t go to top colleges. And the way it is useful is that you don’t want to come out of college, paying down debt in the initial years of your life, because that’s when you should be investing in your wealth.

 

And the longer your wealth compounds, the bigger the snowball effect you have, right. He’s entirely right. But I think that statement is a little skewed. I think it’s no secret that if you asked most working professionals, those people will not really become millionaires unless they are extremely frugal, right?

 

If they keep investing in the wall street garbage and doing everything that. Financial dogma says they’re going to do, it’s gonna be really hard. They’ll probably get over a million dollars. Million dollars is not that much money, but they certainly won’t get the four and a half million dollars and achieve true financial independence.

 

But what Chris Hogan is saying is right, like the majority of those people have beat that threshold probably two and a half, $3 million in the future, or people who’ve gotten off the beaten path and stopped taking a salary. Now I am a proponent. I advocate for a lot of working professionals, like for  all those millionaires are probably 10 to 20 to a hundred of guys who are just complete deadbeats that are watching preneurs.

 

This is 2020, 20 21. If you’re an entrepreneur and your LinkedIn profile, dude, I know you can’t find a job. You probably don’t have a college degree. Yeah, he’s incredibly right. Most people who don’t have college degrees are going to be that higher stuff, but a hell of a lot more people are going to be just total wash outs.

 

So that’s why I like college because college has the ability to take average below average people and run them through the system. And they come out contributing  helpers to society,  they come out with a decent paying job and they will achieve a certain level of comfort in life with a set job. Just to be clear, he talked about the good colleges, but not the most expensive colleges.

 

That’s what he is saying. Okay. Yeah. I think,  college and high school are basic academia stuff like colleges, like the new high school, one could argue.  You gotta be, have some level of aptitude to run a business or even invest in real estate. You don’t need to be a rocket scientist, that’s for sure.

 

But  college is not much these days. Everybody has a degree. Let’s shift gears a little bit Lane. In this climate when everybody’s talking about how it’s a sellers market and the markets are becoming hot, tell me why do you like real estate in this climate?

 

 It’s a fixed commodity. I think inflation is definitely coming. I already see it on the price. I pay for a stick, a lumber, so the Fed is pumping all this fake money into the system. That’s why the equity markets are so high, despite, the economy isn’t really going full tilt yet.

 

There’s all this fake money going into the system. And I recently saw a graph of how much money was put in, talking like several trillions of dollars. I look back to 2008, right? The last time they did the same. It’s nothing compared to what it is now.

 

 Like I think that there was something weird going on  that they had to cover it up, but it doesn’t really matter. The whole point I hear is they throw in a whole bunch of fake money into the system and it is what it is. The government can create however much money they want. And it’s a great way to make our debts from other countries disappear.

 

And we can do this because we control the world, monetary policy, all those people are like, oh, it’s still going to end. I don’t think it’s going to end. It’s just going to keep going. So get used to it. But what’s going to happen is our money is going to be devalued. And so what do you want to do?

 

If there was a storm coming, what would you do? You’d be under the house, but if in this case there is inflation coming. Maybe not in the next few years, maybe not in the next five, 10 years, but it’s coming. What do you want, what do you want to do to hedge yourself against that? Will you want to buy commodities that will also go up when the tides go up too.

 

And there’s a menu of options, right?  Go crypto, real estate. I personally will choose the one that’s also going to get the cash flow that I can like also like value add, right?  Again, value add like crypto. I’m buying the same thing that a 14 year old kid is buying on his app,  gold doesn’t cashflow for me.

 

And I can’t leverage this stuff as effectively and prudently as real estate too. And that’s another one and the tax benefits. If my crypto goes up 50%, I have to pay half of that to the taxman. If gold goes up, same thing, but in real estate I’m able to play these levers and shelter those games. I don’t have to make as much gains.

 

So, if my real estate goes up 10% and like my friend’s crypto goes up 20% at the end of the day, I feel like I’m still ahead. Despite what’s in his bank account before he pays the tax, 100%. I agree. And one thing that you have mentioned, but I just wanted to make clear for our audiences that when the Fed is pumping trillions of dollars, that’s a lot of money folks.

 

You’d rather be a borrower because what happens is that if you buy a hundred thousand dollars worth of property with $20,000 down and $80,000 of loan, the value of those $80,000 diminishes with time as there’s more money circulating the system. So that helps you, not only that with inflation, the value of a property also increases in absolute terms.

 

We’re building a multifamily apartment right now and we’re getting killed by the price of lumber and it’s just eating into the contingency and it’ll be fine, but it’s kinda like one of those things where it’s when we build this damn thing, we actually in, take these stupid pieces of lumber and build a house with it, shelter, like it’ll be worth way more because the price of inflation is just going to keep going up and up.  It is what it is. And I think it’s also important to ask what you do not want to do? Or what you don’t want to do is just sit on cash, right? Dead equity.  Some people will say I have it in my house.

 

I’m like you can also own the same amount of house and you’d be leveraged, take a heloc, invest it, get a refinance, pull the equity out, also invested in more houses. So you’re even more hedge against inflation. And this is where it hurts. A lot of people have a lot of equity in their homes.

 

A lot of older people have a lot of equity in at home because that’s what they’re told to do. And that’s the people who are gonna just get jerked around by this inflation. And some people say it’s like the complete conspiracy there is to say oh, this is where the Illuminati, or like taking money from the poor.

 

And I was like, I don’t really quite agree with that. But I don’t believe in the boogeyman, but regardless that’s what’s happening, right? The poor are getting poor because the poor are unable to put money in things that will go up with what the impending doom has happened. And that’s a sad thing.

 

They buy things like iPhone trucks, depreciating assets. This is going to be one controversial episode, but I’m loving it. You’re very authentic Lane and I’m enjoying our conversation. Yeah. Until I get some of those trolls right. There is no such thing as bad publicity Lane.  Could you talk to us about, we talked about your journey, we talk about the mindset, but  if you were to distill your journey into your four bullet points, could you talk to us about what is the secret ingredient for success?

 

I think for me it was like finding the right tribe. I was investing from 2009 to 2015 all by my lonesome. And I was like,  I’m still an introvert. I thought I was super cocky and smart. And I thought like I was going to get super rich by getting 10 Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac loans, 10 turnkey rentals.

 

And then I thought that was like my path to financial freedom. Then, as I mentioned earlier that  that ain’t the way to do things, that’s not what accredited investors think.  But I think one thing is empathy, I feel like it is a big thing. Like knowing that you’re not almighty and you always have an open mind,  I’m confident I will get it wrong.

 

And I think that’s important for people to have, but. I’m always listening. I’m always open-minded. Sometimes I have to catch myself that’s wrong and then somebody said I tried this and I always had the catch myself. Cause I’m like, no, that’s wrong.

 

Shut off in my head. I’m like, I don’t actually say that. But I’ll think about it. And I’ll be like, okay, why are they saying that? Do they have any context? They have any experience, perhaps I should listen,  let me go back to the numbers and try to figure this out.

 

That makes sense. As opposed to incredibly like shutting them off.  I think that empathy is a big thing. I’m binge-watching a lot of this show called bar rescue. People watched it. It’s like where this guy goes into the bar and he likes to fix their problems, puts a new drink on the menu.

 

And  it’s always a people person. And you look at the owner, the problems always stemmed from like the owner never has good empathy. They can’t look at themselves and see that they haven’t perhaps an issue. And then of course they need to have the ability to change and take accountability.

 

I think that’s also the next part is taking accountability and not just blaming it on others.  So the ability to change and adapt, if you can change 1% every day after your shoot, you’re like 27 times better.  Lane, it was wonderful talking to you today, but before we go, could you tell us where people can find you?

 

 They can go to simple passive cashflow.com as my website got a lot of free goodies there for passive investors.  My podcast is simple, passive cash flow, passive investing, and my email address is lane@simplepassivecashflow.com. Thank you Lane.

 

There, you have it folks today. Lane talked about the path, the traditional path that people have talked about, how 401k is not his favorite investment vehicle investments, inflation retiring at 61, and how you can do better.

 

You talked about how you can use real estate for four benefits, accelerated depreciation being one of them. He also talked about empathy. Open-mindedness, ability to listen and confidence as one of the key drivers of his success. Lane, it was a pleasure and honor having you on our call.

 

April 2022 Monthly Market Update

https://youtu.be/sNtBop_-x8s

What’s up everybody. This is April 2022 monthly market update where we go over some of the highlights that I saw from the news this week and a little bit of commentary, not too much politics. Cause I think that’s a little bit of a waste of time. But it’s sometimes fun to talk about, but if you guys have any questions, comments, feel free to type it into the chat.

This is being put out in our Facebook group. And it is also being replayed on YouTube. And also you guys are listening to this on the podcast form, which by the way, we have a great whole presentation with highlights and experts from these articles. And most of them have a bunch of graphs and graphics.

We all know how you guys like that type of stuff. So if you guys want to come on over to the YouTube channel, if something was interesting to you or you want to bookmark it or check out all the past investor letters of these monthly reports, that we upload every month at simplepassivecashflow.com/investorletter.

Welcome everybody. This is the Monday market update.

Alright, before we get going into this, if you haven’t yet checked out my Amazon bestseller book, you can get a free e version at simplepassivecashflow.com/book. And we also made a financial e-course for the new people. We talk lot about simple passive cashflow is for folks who have pretty good financial skills.

They’re putting a lot to their retirement accounts and they’re buying houses, even though we’re not huge fans of that, that’s all what we were taught. But if you’ve got a niece and nephew, you get a kid that’s just learning the basics. You can text the word BASIC to 3 1 4 6 6 5 1 7 6 7.

And if they’re a little bit better than basic, or, their net worth is anywhere from zero to two quarter 4 million, I suggest downloading the free remote rental lite e-course, which you can get by texting the word REMOTE to 3 1 4 6 1 4 6 6 5 1 7 6 7. That’s enough of that. If you haven’t met me before, my name is Lane Kawaoka.

I used to be an engineer, but currently all a little over 7,000 rental units, 50 projects you’ve worked on and a billion dollars plus of assets under ownership. At this point, I run the family office ohana mastermind, which at this point we’re getting closer to a hundred members. We had a bunch of people sign up these last few months.

So we are definitely hitting that scale. If you haven’t found your tribe of high net worth accredited investors and you’re tired of the same old local real estate club, which a bunch of broke guys flipping houses and paying a whole lot of ordinary income and just haven’t found that good ways to leverage their home equity.

And they believe in paying that debt off. You need to join our group again, go to simplepassivecashflow.com/journey. We talk all about all this stuff, but in much detail that we talked about on the podcast. So first thing. New IRS rule offers higher penalty, free withdrawals for early retirees. I’m not a big fan of retirement accounts.

You guys can take a look at my huge argument on this in summary, the reason why I don’t like them, cause you’re just delaying your taxes and this is what the government wants you to do with. Be taking all your income. Maybe 20, 30, 40 years from now, when the taxes brackets need to be higher while you’re making more money than, and it doesn’t allow you to get all these passive activity losses, which if you haven’t heard of this, I would go to simplepassivecashflow.com/tax. Read all about it.

Because this is what separates the wealthy from the high pay middle-class who pay a lot of tax. Especially if you’re able to implement real estate professional status. But hey, a lot of you guys have big retirement accounts because you guys were good little boys and girls out there and did everything that you were told to do.

Now there is supposedly a new rule that’s going through where the IRS is going to allow higher penalty, free withdrawals for early retirees. These are going to be known as 72 t’s. There may be a better option if you’re age 55 or older with the 401k permitting early withdrawals, that’s because of another 10% penalty exception.

So you can get away from that 10% penalty. But in our world, we don’t care about the 10% of the time. He is nothing. That’s in, normal financial world. Everybody freaks out about the 10%. Oh no, like 10%. If you are out of retail investments where you’re getting higher returns, you should be able to recoup that 10% penalty yet, half a year, years time.

But anyway, going back to this new rule, they call it the rule of 55, allowing you to skip early withdrawal fees from your current 401k or 403b without leaving a job at age 55 or after if you guys want more news on this CNBC, we have all the links to all these articles in our newsletter, which you guys can join and get access to.

We send out all the links to all these articles. You can read them yourself at simplepassivecashflow.com/club. Next article here, RE Business online reports don’t just accept your tax assessments. So this is something we do on our large apartment complex and something to think about if you’re a little landlord and a lot of the home values went up and a lot of municipalities and cities and counties are finding ways to extract all the money from their property taxes.

And one of those ways, really only other there’s only a few things they could do. And this is one of the biggest ones is being more aggressive increasing that market value and the tax assessment value to make those a little bit closer, what we do is we’ll try to employ different tax attorneys to fight these on our behalf.

When I own little rental properties, it’s small potatoes, you are lucky to get anything. You’ve got to submit evidence, there’s a lot of documentation out there. I’m sorry. I’m not super helpful on the single family home side that’s why I say don’t buy little rental properties because you’re screwed, but on the bigger stuff, you can hire larger professionals to do this on your behalf to fight this for.

I will say this is actually one of the problems is a good problem to have, but lately a lot of that, the property values that, we bought just last year, went up maybe 10, 20% and the bad thing is that it’s the taxes. One little line item in the whole underwriting is going up by a large portion because these tax assessed values are being pushed higher.

And so it’s taking a little bit of cashflow out on the long run. Yeah. You’ll recoup that. And it doesn’t really matter because the price of your property, which is the whole point while you’re buying. Even though this is simple passive cashflow, right? I made the names of a simple passive cashflow before I learned about force appreciation course. Greater Houston partnership reports, ExxonMobil to move headquarters to Houston.

From there Irving, Texas headquarters in December of 2020, Hewlett Packard said they would establish their global headquarters in Houston also. And May 2021, NRG energy said they were also consolidate there also. So that is some news on Houston.

 

 

ITR economics. It has a little commentary here on the whole Ukraine war and there’s already dis inflation in the U S prior to the Ukraine, or, in, as you guys know, inflation has been running rapid.

We’ll just go with their numbers here, which I think is a little conservative 7.6%. This is obviously unprecedented. Normally think the fed likes to run things at 3%. Now, prior to the Ukraine war all the anticipation was that the United States was going to start raising interest rates, which they do that because the economy is doing really well. Now, in the wake of ukraine war, which is typically bad news, right? Wars are typically bad news because mostly it’s uncertainty. One would think that the United States would pause on those interest rates. High is just for the time being, we don’t know what’s going to happen, the stock market reacted positively for the most part, although it’s been volatile.

I’ll be honest. I don’t really follow the stock market. And a lot of my investors, they try, they eventually pull out all that stuff at some point, get into real hard acids that don’t go up and down with all these, emotional swings. ITR is saying that the Germany Connie has a high dependency on brush for energy.

France may be impacted to a lesser degree because France has remained steadfast in its reliance on a nuclear power. So one of the things that you’re probably seeing at home is Russia has a lot of oil. They’re probably one of the top three oil producers. And with all the sanctions coming into play United States oil, needs, the supply went down on that side.

So that’s why you’re seeing the prices at the pipe. No, it’s not particularly because of Biden’s fault, even though people like to put those, blame it on stickers at the puck and not a proBiden , not against them. It seems like a nice guy, but it’s a little more complicated in that folks. Like it’s a, you can’t just blame it on one dude.

It’s like he has that much power as a prison anyway. Since then maybe I shouldn’t say that, cause I’ve contradicting myself Biden or we’ll say the leadership of the United States. Decided to release about a million barrels of oil outside of the reserves. And I did a little digging.

I was like a million barrels of oil. Oh, that seems like a lot. We’ll be without a reserves to fight a war if we have to at no time. But when I found out there several places, there’s a handful of places around the United States where these million barrels, oil plus each one having 200,000 barrels of oil.

And my next question, obviously, as an engineer was how much barrels oil did we use a day? It turns out we use about 20. So by throwing in a million barrels of oil, that’s about a surplus of 5%. So we’ve been seeing some of that price at the pump come down slightly, but we’re not blowing our load on our reserves.

And I thought it was interesting. It was really hard to tell how much million barrels of oil we have in reserves for obvious reasons, national security, but I was able to ascertain, or I was able to guessed that it was somewhere between the magnitude of a half a billion to a billion was my guess.

And I was interested because, this is a question that we have a lot in our family office group. And myself personally is how much liquidity do we have on hand at all times for an opportunity now was passive investors. Really a lot of you guys aren’t really going after distressed properties, right?

You don’t need half a million dollars to go buy a vacant piece of land that came up because it was amazing deal. Lot of you guys are into the market for the most part. And if you look at, what the $10 million plus families in tiger 21 are doing, they have very little cash. A lot of them just less than 10%.

They’re not hoarding cash. Like how a lot, I think a lot of unsophisticated investors. Or people trying to sell you on gold and silver type of stuff. But that was just a little bit of takeaway that, America, how does the America horde a precious commodity such as oil? It seems like they’ve got a lot of that, it just in case we’d never made any oil and we consumed 20 million barrels a day, that would probably go through that full stash.

Yeah. It’s months upon months. So that made me feel a little bit better that Biden wasn’t just, or I shouldn’t say that the American leadership wasn’t just putting in a million barrels or just to save us 50 cents at the Palm beach so that we don’t get all upset at that. Ideas or assumptions that, the Russian invasion is not spread past other countries, especially into the NATO, the side, the hope is that their weapons are not deployed.

We all should hope, probably a low chance of that happening. But yeah, it’s, it should bounce back to that at some point. Charlie Munger Warren Buffett’s right-hand man said that he says, crypto traders want to get rich quick without doing anything for the civilization. And this really, I applaud it very heavily because, that’s what it gets the in like people who buy things.

So high traders, or they buy crap on eBay selling on Amazon, or generally like the Bitcoin. People like, they’re buying things and they might be making money, but they’re not really adding value to society. Whereas, yeah. You have a business you’re obviously adding value into the system.

When somebody pays more for, which is you’re basically paying for your sweat equity. You’re rehabbing apartments, one unit at a time, that’s obviously adding value because the greater civilization has better rental stock. So I really like this, and I’m wanted to share with this because, and there’s a lot of people out there that just trying to get a buck, get to a million dollars, gets to $2 million net worth. But at the end of the day, I think a lot of, the higher net worth investors agree that it’s more about impact. And if you don’t have to make a huge impact, but at least put your dollars on something that’s going to do good on.

All you guys are, who cares? Where are we going to put our money? What’s the next article here? So Washington post says that investors bought a record share of homes in 2021. Here’s some of the the top markets Atlanta, Charlotte, Miami, Jacksonville, Phoenix, Orlando, Detroit, Las Vegas, Tampa, Nashville. You can see how them taking up.

Economic innovation group reports which metros have led the recovery so far, because, in 2020, there was a bit of a up all the sea with the pandemic. And now we’re seeing a bit of a, or a huge rebound actually large areas of the south performed very well including most of Florida, Texas.

Areas like Mississippi, Delta, Louisiana are far behind their pre pandemic numbers. And we’re actually looking to sell some of those Mississippi assets right now because of that. And that’s just one of those things that, you never know where you go in, you do your due diligence, but the nice thing is, you don’t lose money and I think that’s why you invested in.

Also in the report. Other metros that I mentioned, Austin, Salt Lake city, Dallas, Tampa, Phoenix, Jacksonville, Raleigh, Nashville, San Antonio. In 2018, Austin’s rapid growth sought overtakes, low growing, even Ohio in terms of total jobs to become the country’s 25th larger employer. Cleveland job growth flatline in 2020 and has made some small gains to 2021.

Here’s a little bit of I guess it’s not working, but it was this cool Jeff that we put together. And we put a lot of this on our social media. Or on pretty much all the channels, at least the team puts us on their Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, I guess if you’re a podcast listener, you don’t see this, but you’re basically seeing a gif file of all the little dots representing people moving out of California, or are they going where well, they’re going to the Sunbelt states of Phoenix, Texas, and to get out of the high pricing.

All right arbor, which is a direct Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac lender reports what’s driving the single family home pool. They’re saying that single-family tenant base continues to evolve and expand as family forming millennials seek more space. Other key demographics, such as aging, baby boomers, who are increasingly less likely to move retirement homes at gen Z years with a greater appreciation of suburban lifestyles are expected to view the growth of single-family home rentals for four.

And the reason why we’re talking about single time home rentals, it almost mimics that of apartments and other types of investments. This is basically just the display of demographics. This is why we invest in this type of stuff, because it’s not a plant rocket science, it’s just demographics. In 2021 urban Institute project found that 8.5 million new households will be formed in the United States between 2020 and 2023. Many of which will be increasingly costs and strain from home by as borrowing costs are set to rise along record high prices. So introductory interest rates and therefore affordability. So you could have a situation where home prices come down, but if interest rates this is they saying.

Affordability, which is a relationship between interest rates and what people can basically forward on their monthly mortgages, could still be going up. And what they’re saying is population is increasing. So you’re going to need more supply plus and minus, especially on this lower end.

Wealth management.com, also talking about the same thing, single family investors continue to gobble up available home. That’s you guys, hopefully you guys learn from my mistakes. Don’t go on by 11 single family, home turnkey rentals. Great way to get started, but definitely not scalable, especially when you really figure out that these tenants are going to trash your house eventually.

Go through four or five evictions. You’ll get one of them. That’s reasonable. And then that cap ex tidal wave, that definitely gets you at some point. They’re saying the share single family of homes bought by investors has been increasing since their first large portfolio of rental homes were assembled in the wake of the great financial prices.

Average cap rates and rental homes drop even the long-term interest rates like the benchmark yield on the 10 year treasury grew over the same period, but where else are you going to get? You’ll that’s as safe as what I say, rising incomes from rents, make investors eager to buy or build new rental houses despite rising prices and construction costs to that from wealth management thoughts.

Arbor reports, top bar markets for multi-family investment growth, the Midwest multifamily market experience under the radar success during 2021 with Detroit, Indianapolis and St. Louis all posting some of the strongest investment growth in the country. Some belt ventrals continued to be a hotbed of investments led by Las Vegas, Houston, and Miami and strong economic recovery and population growth support a residential demand.

Again, Sunbelt, of course, you guys are live podcasts, listeners, come and check out simple. Passive cashflow.com/investor letter. We’ve got the slides for all of this stuff on the website that Yardi matrix reports, gateway market rebound. Record-setting multifamily. So option. So what they mean by gateway markets?

These are all the primary markets that people like to typically to live in. Like the California is that type of new York’s. They’re saying that although doubts about perspectives of large urban sub-markets for me far from resolved data dates that demand for apartments. Cities reopened services and amenities in 2021.

So it, beginning of 20, 20, middle of 2020, everybody was raking off the San Francisco’s. I would probably one of these, but, I do very well that they’re coming back. You’ve got to take a place like New York that gets beat up because, they got, definitely got hit hard by that first wave of COVID, with all those unfortunate deaths that happened and the proximity of all the.

A lot of people got out of town, literally, especially without all the cool things that track you to the city. But now that things are opening back up, you’re seeing this rebound start to happen again. And this is a time when you should be buying, I think, right when something gets beat up, not, you don’t want to be somebody who’s been like this has been going on for the last eight to 12 years.

Now, the times they get in, that’s what the unsophisticated investor, the retail investor. Wealth management.com reports multi-family developers. Try to keep pace with demand. Many apartment developments that start construction today are less likely to be leasing units within a year or two. We’re just got built with a 230 UNX apartment complex that should probably open tail end of the summer.

We’re anticipating certainly the subs on that. And we started at about a year. Solid economic growth, continued strength and labor market high single family home prices and international migration will help up demand. Basically demand is outstripping supply. Therefore rents are rising quickly and there’s no, no signs of stopping in the future.

As what’s coming online in terms of permits and construction. It’s just not filling the pipeline, the need for the growing. Multi-housing news reports at Blackstone bunches, April housing Blackstone is the big, huge 900 pound gorilla. These guys go, they have huge amounts of cash and they typically make long-term smart pools, except when they get into like little landlord owning and they think that they can operate it pretty well, but they have so much cash.

It doesn’t matter anyway, but that’s one of the mistakes that these big guys made some mistake. So Blackstone real estate investment trusts. These are the one is very small part of their company. Buying up properties is called April housing, a new portfolio company that will focus on affordable housing across the United States.

Properties are in major markets around the country, including go figure Dallas, Houston, Austin, Denver, Miami Fort Lauderdale, Florida, Los Angeles. Answer. This is the fourth major tactical move made by Blackstone within the multifamily sector in the past two months. Okay. Blackstone multi-family portfolio, total 130, 3000 units as of September 20, 21, comprising 50% of its assets.

They’re a big company and there’s a bunch of ’em, That many units, when you really think about the whole entire world or country. So there’s still place for the little guy, commercial property, executive reports that how they used to market office is being reset. I just did a video where we walked through our Westheimer assets, which is right there next to the Galleria.

You guys should be seeing that come on the YouTube channel here shortly. Companies that individual relocating from west and east coast to Houston, the boom is a result of Texas and our city of Houston having no state income tax and a diverse employee pool and a business atmosphere.

Additionally, recently completed class a office properties with strong occupancies with long-term tenancy are anticipated to trade at near record and record pricing this year and into 2023. And in recently constructed building investors or see potential for long-term tenancy and garner premium rental rates.

The spread of values between value add and class eight categories will be significant in the Houston office market this year and into 2023 Adam mortgage reports, mortgage lending across us drops at fastest pace in almost three years during the fourth. This is down 10% from a third quarter 2021. So this basically meaning that people are starting to see the interest rates go up and there’s less of this scarcity model tactic to get people to eat better refinance now to capture those all time low rates,

one of the big way they were capturing the mortgage. Was he lots? They’re down a little bit too. Who knows? It could just go up from here. It could come back a little bit, and then the, the mortgage lenders get back on their marketing force, keep telling you to refinance again and again, all I got to say is don’t be that person who just get suckered by a lower interest rate and a lower payment.

Be careful what they’re doing sometimes. So spreading your mind, you might’ve been down to a 20 year out a 30 year amateurization. What they’re doing is they are maybe spreading you back over to a 30 year mortgage or bringing you from a 30 year down to 15. Of course the payment has been, people are at that point, these guys, they’re just like property agents and brokers, they’re just there to get the origination fee.

The answer is always, yes, let’s refund. Joint center for housing studies of Harper university says that millions of ventures fall short of a comfortable standard of living that love Harvard. They actually do some really good articles. The sons is this more of a, like a kind of like the one, but, we put it here and just want to really point it out, raising the minimum wage or offering a universal basic.

Good also help more families reach a basic, more comfortable setting of living is what they said. It won’t go there. Cause that’s the socialist view, but I guess I’m fortunate or it is what it is. Like the pandemic was basically a socialist system for the wealthy or the wealthy got all these kind of breaks and it was in the lower end.

The BC class renter got. Especially now because they’re unable to invest in assets that go up with the pace of inflation. And that might be even be you up. There has a lot of equity in your house and just sitting on cash. Inflation is Robin your money, maybe 7%, maybe in 15%, every year.

Multi-housing news, wind full tell to apartment conversions make sense. So you can also go both ways I’ve seen apart. Like you don’t find. Conversions go to hotels. Now that requires a heck of a lot of CapEx, this is the unit like a crappy old two-star one-star hotel. Like a, not, maybe not a comfort in, but like a days in, I think that’s a little worse.

It gets converted into a garden style apartment. Basically. It’s more some market, which what do you need in the area and what usually drives these things, which is hard for investors to determine. Are you really getting a good deal, right? Or the person that you’re buying the asset from the distress. So low interest rates have a lot for cheap financing and like oppression and cap rates.

As a result, housing rentals land values are at all-time highs, despite points of the pandemic fed and monetary policy has been nothing but a common date of during this time to start off in and recession while converting hotels is not a traditional development play, it does provide the opportunity. For innovative developers,

Redfin reports, the record share of us home buyers are looking to relocate as prices skyrocket. This kind of mentioned this in the other slide where a whole bunch of people, we gotta just, California, but they’re moving. Everybody’s moving around. Buyers are flocking to Miami, Phoenix, Tampa, and the basic these buyers are moving away from.

Markets, exactly what we said, what rising interest rates mean for apartment con cap rates. This is reported by a national multifamily housing council. So interest rates should be going up and cap rates are going down again. I’ve said this many times, but as investors, you’re making money based on the spread between what you’re borrowing at and what the cap rate is.

And they’re pretty much always be a Delta. Knock on wood, right? It’s just saying there’s always going to be gravity. And then you apply leverage and that’s how you make your healthy return there. If higher borrowing costs are offset by higher growth, rinse in rent and net operating cap rates should remain on change.

In other words, cap rates can be thought of as a real rate of return. Which are only affected by changes to their real interest rates as the article. I’ll summarize that. And basically what it comes down to is, people freak out the interest rates are going up. They’re going up because your government, your fed has deemed that the economy’s doing well.

So therefore they need to cool off the economy. And when the economy is doing well, rents are going up and you as an investor are leverage on the rents. Okay. Is the rent screw up your net operating improves. And then that is a huge leverage play to make more money on that ankle. And even if you have to pay a higher interest rate, right at that point, if interest rates go up, you probably shouldn’t be should sell.

Who cares about your interest rate at that point? But you’ve cashed in on those higher rents or in other words, higher net operating income, which takes. A little bit of a leg time, but it’s pretty quick stuff to see that cool. But that’s value add real estate for you now, if you are by hope and create a God that my property appreciates, like something like I was from 2009 to 2005, by 2015 buying little rental properties.

I didn’t do any value add to them. I just buy it and hope that the price went up and typically it does so not. But when you value add properties, you don’t really care what the interest rate is because you’re making so much money on the value add and increasing the value of the property. Whereas if you play around with the analyzer, cause you guys haven’t gotten my single family home analyze where those you guys still looking to buy local rental properties.

You guys will notice that the interest rate has a huge part of the. Impact on the rents. If you have a thousand dollars a month rental, I’m just guessing here, if your interest rates goes up by a half a point, now your cashflow might come down by $50, $75 a month. And if that’s the case, then yeah, that’s a huge part of your cashflow.

And most of these properties these days, they just don’t cash nearly as much. Gone are the days of find three or 400. So three or $400 a month. Cashflow, if you guys need to analyze your hair, you guys can download that@simplepassivecashflow.com slash analyzer, but it’s a paradigm shift when you’re in value, add real estate and you make, you see how much money you’re making.

If you take a little hundred unit property in your value, adding five units a month, and that increases the rents by a hundred, $200. You increase the value by $500,000 a month, times 12, you basically creating any divided by a cap rate of five. You’re basically creating like $200,000 of value every single month, every month.

And then after a year that’s a couple million bucks. And now you start to realize what Lane’s talking about. It gives a rip about that interest rate. At that point, we just created $2 million. That’s a lot of, and then you do the sensitivity analysis. Okay. We were paying for 4% and now we have the refinance that let’s just call it 7%.

Your debt service goes up. But when you look how much money you value at that property, it’s trumped by that number by.

Oh, Hey Sean. Thanks for shout out there.

Oh do you want to mention like New York city is increased simply because apartment prices were already on the decline in 2019. Before the us outbreak of COVID-19. That, that market and places like San Francisco and east bay and San Jose, these are called like the low cap markets. And now personally, I was like, yeah, why would you want to invest in low cap markets?

It’s stupid. But now I’m seeing the reason why you do that in a way magic. You add a whole lot of money, like 50, a hundred million dollars. At that point, you just want to store your cash somewhere in a stable. They had gone to pull down Waco, Texas, or Boise, Idaho. The reason why the caps are so high is because it is risky though.

And the banks don’t like to lend to those types of market, because they’re risky. They will give much better terms in these low cap type of environments like San Francisco, New York, because it is a lot more of.

Ari business online reports doing well by doing good transforming class B and C workforce housing. There’s an overwhelming demand for class VNC assets. Why a large portion of new development over the past decade has been classic luxury. That class a makes up only 20% of the total rental market. Most gets, I don’t understand why classy works.

I get why it works from like a syndicator standpoint because it looks really pretty and pictures and unsophisticated investors like pretty pictures. So their spouses think they’re stupid for investing in like a garden style, people, overalls color, or class B or C apartment, those in a normal recession, those are the ones that kind of get hit the hardest.

If you’re not in the ideal, the best areas. Continuing on the article investments in these types of properties can earn significant above average ROI. This is not through only through passive quarterly distributions, but also end of cycle returns upon the sale of property. Yeah. Are you business has the right idea?

But we are running up to the end here. If you guys have any question comes in, if not again, check out our family office. So mastermind or in our circle for our community. I probably one of the biggest communities out there, I don’t know any other community that has brought in over $140 million to their investors to buy over a billion dollars of assets.

Most people say have you heard of these guys, have you heard of these guys? And I’ve even bought over a $250 million of assets. No, that’s what the quarter, what we have, but whatever, I guess numbers aren’t super that important I guess just being sarcastic there by the way. But again, you get a free copy of my book.

 

 

And this is the section where I go into some personal stuff. W we model this on between Robbins six, B. Now the first one is growth. What are some things I’m working on? So the mentioned earlier that 230 unit in Huntsville, Alabama is almost complete.

We want to do like a little tour in the summer time is what I’m trying to make happen. And, oh, we had a question here. Isaac says taking a break into deals. Why is that? Send me an email. Isaac, we can have the team send you the webinar should be in the investor portal for you guys, but we did an hour long or 40 minute webinar on exactly that in short, a lot of the properties we bought just a year ago, went up like quite a bit, maybe 10%, at least none of that, you can’t really. Til, through refinance, it just doesn’t make sense to, pay the lending fees to pull out the equity. But the equity is there by pure market appreciation, a little bit of sweat equity, hard work. I say that I’m joking me there too. Do you think we work hard, but it’s just hard to pay pricing on new assets like that, because let’s say.

There are a lot of amateurs that have own less than a half, a billion dollars of assets just buying whatever these days. And it’s harder to make these deals work. Interest rates are going up, most of the deals today are value, add originals so that it isn’t matter, but it’s just getting harder and harder, with the success of some developments and those types of.

Seemingly higher risk, higher return type of deals. Still not like they’re not out of left field for sure. That’s why you’re invested the states. Nothing crazy, still, even the more exotic type of stuff or the chocolate deals, but we’re just taking a pause at this time, be evaluating things, but yeah, check out that webinar.

We did, shoot me an email or send us a, you my team at simple passive cashflow that. We’ll send you guys that webinar. And we also did a webinar since we are exiting a few assets. People are going to have a healthy amount of capital gains and depreciate your capture. What do you do?

So we got a webinar on that talking specifically about that deal. So I think first for some people, you would want to see it, a real example of the, understand it. If not, you just listen to a podcast talking to URI, which can help. But, I think when you talk real numbers on an exited deal, it really makes this stuff come to life.

And this stuff is really simple. Folks. You guys are all smart people out there because we’ve got a lot of engineers Isaac, you got that PB. You’re a smart guy, but until you get walked through at once, it’s hard to pick up and that’s why I do what I do. This is the contributions.

Man, these financial planners, they’re just guys selling you on securities. And I don’t like these guys, right? Like they’re just selling prod retail Baltics. And this is what’s all messed up with the financial world is that there’s all these like products where most of your returns are taking up and hidden fees carried interests.

And I would say. Majority of returns are taken by buddies, big wall street companies and the commission. So this, the agent, the financial planner find me a financial planner that actually made their money, not by sewing people, commission products. But some, how do I get some significance? We’re finally seeing that a lot of people pulling money out of us equity fund.

So we’re seeing slower inflows into that type of stuff as shown by this, visual capitalist infographic here. Andrew, I really like the fact that, a lot of these deals are finally cashing out. This one deal that we did in. We didn’t have cashflow for the whole time. This was actually in a pretty rough area.

I made a video maybe three years ago where I had like spooky Halloween music. We released it during Halloween and it was a joke. Some people actually got really afraid and that’s why I don’t do that anymore. Although there is going to be some videos coming out later, maybe next month, where we went through some of the Houston assets.

And, for those are the. In those don’t get super long. We’re just trying to make it fun. You had some really ugly turned apartments where we’d know the tenant got evicted, just left it in shambles. There’s like cockroaches and, it’s just made for YouTube guys. Like this is pretty common stuff in our business, turning these units.

But again, this is why we make the big books because we are rolling our seasonal. Putting value into properties and making the world a little bit better. Uncertainty, man, every time we do it, the highlight this was this was actually one of those deals. That’s exiting. People, came to my house. It’s hard to see, but you can see on the screen there, this is a deal at El Paso that also didn’t cash flow, but also at the end of. Exceeded performer by a long shot.

And I’m always like, man, I really like to work with people that kind of trust us and know that we also have skin in the game. That’s the way I tell people that diversify too. But I dunno, sometimes I get a little stressed out by this and to me that’s the on searching it. Like it really gets, until you go through a full cycle before you go.

See those K ones, it’s really not well. So I get it, but then that’s what the community is for. But I get a little search and T no, this is why you invest in those things. Even if it’s a development, which is seen as the more higher risks, at the end of the day, the lands for something and all the materials are worth something.

And until you buy the materials and put it into service you’re not making any. But the value is there. People wanted to buy our apartment for the apartment was even bill. That’s just how crazy this market is. And you can always find a point to sell these assets, whether it makes money or not apparently, but that’s funny why, like a lot of people are buying these class B assets for crazy prices.

That’s why we decided not to sell it. Not even built yet because people are willing to pay crazy prices, which I don’t really think buying this new class. They stuff really make sense, but it makes sense to sell to a lot of those guys. Whereas like crypto and NTFs, all this other stuff, to me, it goes up and down with emotion, just done with that.

I think today stock market went down 300 points know I stopped paying attention to all the headlines because most of the times it’s just something major trying to figure out justify what happened in the world. But yeah, real estate is a hedge against inflation because it’s a package commodity and it’s way better than gold and all this other stuff, because it also makes you income.

And if you can combine that with the fact that you can force appreciate the asset. What else can do it? You can’t value add. The close things out, what’s all without a love connection. Took my daughter to Aulani saw Mickey and Minnie for the first time, she didn’t know what the heck was going on.

She was nine months year old. She doesn’t know, but, I’ll be doing a feature video of this. So I found the way you can get really cheap. I’m going to call it Tertiary Disney vacation Timeshare Rentals. So you can buy it from a timeshare and that’s a rip off. You can also buy the timeshare from somebody else who realize that timeshares are stupid idea and they need to dump it.

You can buy it from one of these secondhand sites and even that’s a bad idea. I did another video in the rich uncle YouTube channel, which is separate from the simple passive cashflow channel that went down through the math of this. If say, if somebody bought, you can also rent out other people’s timeshares.

So if you have a timeshare and you don’t use the point, which is typically what happens, cause it’s real pain in the butt to use this and that nothing ever works. You can rent out your points to somebody and that’s usually will be my go-to recommendation is just go on one of these third-party sites and rent it from them.

What I did and how I got Aulani for $200 on a Wednesday night, Again, you gotta be, not have a day job to go on a Wednesday. What people will do is they’ll be sophisticated enough to rent the points from another timeshare owner, but something came up and they have to drop it.

And there I am the buyer out of their misery. So I like deals. I don’t like wholesalers who swindle people who don’t know how to read out of the only asset that they own their house to buy the 50 cents on the dollar to supposedly solve their problems and all that nonsense. But I guess, I dunno, maybe it bad buying a timeshare because typically the timeshare buyers aren’t super sophisticated, knowledgeable.

They typically get preyed on by the timeshare salesman, but maybe I feel just a little bit less guilty or the fact that it is a discretionary item to that. But anyway their loss is my gain in this situation. I don’t know. I just, I like to find deals, whether it’s apartment deal stay at Aulani or something really cool than New York city. A deal is a deal.

And I guess that’s what makes the world goes round or that’s what I enjoy, but I guess we’ll see you guys next month. Again, if you guys want to join the community, go to simplepassivecashflow.com/club and also you can get access to a lot of different courses we have on our members portal by signing up there and tell your friends about this group and start interacting. If you guys need anything, shoot the team an email at team@simple passivecashflow.com. And I’ll see you next month.

 

Coaching Call – Remote Investor Incubator Student Round Up

https://youtu.be/WTOCBP-GU_Q

What’s up everybody? This is episode 300. We’re going to be doing a little giveaway if you guys stay to the end of this, but where we’ve been in the past, what we started this podcast in 2016, and back then I was still buying little single family homes. Obviously, you know, I came in as an accredited investor and kind of left that world behind.

 

I think, investing in large multi-family apartments or other syndications where you’re a passive investor is the way to go because you’re turning your ordinary income to passive income, you’re getting a lot of passive activity losses with cost segregations bonus depreciation.

 

Pushing forward the cans down the road, leaving a world behind of 1031 exchanges, which I think are obsolete unless of course you’re having a gate of more than a few million dollars of capital gain depreciation, recapture. If it’s all garbled gibberish to you, go to simple passive cashflow.com/tax.

 

My little tax notes there, some of my old tax returns, a lot of good stuff there. We started the HUI  pipeline club thus far and brought in over $140 million from folks like yourself, a billion dollars of assets under ownership. A lot of people getting started today are still under a hundred, $250 million.

 

We’re well over a billion dollars at this point, 7,800 units or so, and I just realized these large crowdfunding websites, which spend a lot of money or venture capital back so they can pay for customer acquisition.  And we’ve raised like half of the amount that these large groups have been.

 

Lowly old me from 300 podcasts to go. It goes to show if you start something and you chip away at it I can grow this something big, especially when the mission is to get you, the high paid working professional out of the day job. And it’s finally taken me 300 episodes to really get this formula down, but it’s a simple 1, 2, 3 step program.

 

First invest in deals where you’re going into value add. So you can get the passive activity losses. So then you can play these tax games that the wealthy do. And thirdly, infinite banking. And I always say, thirdly, because some of you guys have lower net worth out there. Geek out on infinite banking or even if you’re above one to $2 million net worth, a lot of you guys will geek out on that and spend too much time and we have the free infinite banking e-course if you guys want to check that out at simplepassivecashflow.com/banking.

 

You guys can get free access that takes a couple, two or three hours from are all about infinite banking. As opposed to just listing a bunch of podcasts and hearing it, the marketing pitch from the life insurance guy, learn about the pros and cons. That’s been my thought process from the beginning. There’s so much noise out there. IRA, self-directed IRAs, solo 401k, all these things, when you keep things simple and it’s geared towards the high paid working professional things are very simple.

 

Now, along the road, right? We teach you guys that, paying on your house, paying down your debt. The best part about this stuff may not be the right decision to buy your primary residence. To me, in my opinion, some people will call me crazy for this. I don’t think you should buy your primary residence until your net worth is two to three times that of the house.

 

Therefore, if you’re in your thirties or forties buying a $600,000 house, I don’t think you should be buying a house until your net worth is like a million half, $2 million net worth, which I know it ain’t, if you’re buying a $600,000 house, now, maybe I’m just getting old 36 today going on 37 and I feel part of this was to give back.

 

So on today’s podcast, you’re going to be hearing a coaching call for a program that I used to do that we don’t do anymore, which is called the incubator. The incubator was meant for lower net worth folks under quarter million, half a million dollars to buy their first single family of all remote turnkey rental.

 

That is how I got started, back in 2009, I bought a bunch of rentals in Seattle, and then I went out of state for cashflow. I bought 11 of those rental properties and realized there was a total pain in the butt to manage. And all your returns go away. It looks great on paper, but all the returns go away and the headaches magnify themselves, but tenants move out.

 

You got a big cap ex tidal wave. If you’re out there having a couple of rental properties or even eight plus rental properties, at some point that cap ex is going to get you and you’re going to have, an eviction here, there and, a small fraction of those evictions is going to end up into a five $20,000 repair billing, or you’re wondering why, like, why are we doing this again?

 

Don’t take those pro formas  for those turnkey guys, they’re just trying to sell this stuff guys. But anyway, how do you educate yourself? We did this incubator. We have the remote investor e-course and we have the incubator. So for the people listening to this you’re going to get a sample of this at the end, but if you want to email us at team@implepassivecashflow.com subject line 300, we’ll hook you up with it.

 

But you gotta be part of the investor club to do that. Go to simplepassivecasual.com/club and join our database right there. That’s how you get all the pool insiders. And part of the bonus for this episode 300, put that in the subject line. We’ll hook you up with that because we’re moving off of buying little rental properties and moving more to the accredited investor stuff, which our curriculum and ecourse

 

syndication course for passive LP partners, how do you do your best due diligence? Whereas the incubator and investor force is more like what’s in the black box, right? How do you go buy a remote rental source or property manager or get a lender or do all this pain in the bud stuff? Which I feel is the foundation.

 

So not to alienate the accredited investors who are like, yeah, screw that stuff. And I would probably agree. That’s no way to build less lasting legacy wealth when your net worth goes over a billion dollars or you’re making more than a hundred, hundred $50,000 a year. Buying little rental properties is a waste of time, but it’s a great place to start.

 

So for some of you accredited investors, I think it’s a great idea.  To go buy your kids a little rental property, let them mess it up, let them learn. That’s the way you learn. I think if we have some investors that will bring their kids into some syndication deals. I feel syndication deals make you dumb really fast.

 

It’s a great way to live a nice passive investor, simple passive cashflow lifestyle. But if you’re trying to pass off the wealth, which is really the focus of a lot of us, who’ve found financial freedom and are funded in such a way where, you know, in five to 10 years, if you’re doing it the right way, stop doing all the 401k nonsense.

 

Stop paying down your debt in your house. You can get financial freedom in under a decade. Some even less than five years, if your net worth is already 1.5, $2 million net worth. So you focus on what’s the next generation so section planning. To me,  my kids aren’t this old, but the best way to have them is to own a little rental property.

 

Now at the last mastermind retreat, I joked around with a lot of people who were two or $3 million net worth. Even buying a little rental property for them is a complete waste of time. Yes. You want the kids to learn about this type of stuff, but maybe you just lie to them and you buy them a fake rental property and you ask them, Hey, Jr. The refrigerator broke. What do you want to do? Do you want to fix it? Or, your tenant might move out? And people joked and laughed that yeah. It’ll be easy to make this stuff. I’ll just look up the stuff from my property manager, all the emails, all the garbage BS that came from there, all the drama that happened.

 

And then the funny joke at the end, when the kid gets 16 or 21, you reveal that, Hey man, I just made it all up. But you learned something about this. But this is what the incubator is. So if you’re already in the club and especially if you’re an investor with us currently, we definitely want to hook you up with the incubator concept, which really doesn’t help you and doesn’t  pertain anything to a passive investor.

 

Even though there is a little bit of a carryover, we want your kids to go through it, right? We’re big on education for the next generation because who cares? If you have $5- $6 million net worth, you put it all into infinite banking and the kids take it over.

 

We all know it’s going to happen. They’re just gonna do cocaine. I forget the verbiage, somebody, I think it’s a warm buffet thing, but you want to give them enough money to be comfortable, but not enough to do nothing. I might be butchering that for a little bit, but.

 

You’ll get a sense of what this incubator content is. Again, for the lower  net worth  guys getting started in today’s podcasts with Marianne is going to help me ask the questions. This is probably like 5% of the whole incubator course. It’s like about 20 hours, but that’s the free gift.

 

And that’s the mission behind simple passive cashflow, right? I am working as an engineer. There’s not a day that goes by that I’m super grateful for starting this podcast, which allowed me to start the family office ohana mastermind, which kind of replaced my W2 engineering salary for me to do something that I enjoyed.

 

And, I want to continue to grow that group in the future. If you guys are, a million, $2 million plus, and you get it. You want to invest in deals, but you need that network around you. You can’t go to the local real estate club. You can’t go to all this online free garbage stuff, because they’re just a bunch of freeloaders there and marketers and sharks out there.

 

I created the family office ohana  mastermind now with almost a hundred members. Learn more simple passive cashflow.com/journey, or send a team@simplepassivecashflow.com an email. We’ll get somebody on our staff to tell you what it’s all about, but that’s where we’re heading off into the future, deals and I like this consulting route, right? To me, there’s no better way of impacting people. And for me, I don’t really like to help the masses. I like to help people that I know. That’s just the way that I’ve felt to give back. I like to know the people who I’m helping and it’s a smaller community there.

 

Again, go to simple passive cashflow.com/journey. The incubator is up for grabs for a very limited time email, subject line 300. That’s the secret code for the team to hook you up with it, but you gotta be part of the club, simplepassivecashflow.com/club. And thank you for listening to 300 of the episodes.

 

If there’s any feedback or anything you guys want to see in the future, please let us know. Thank you for allowing me to quit my day job. If not, I’d probably be out there waking up at 6:00 AM for some boring job briefing and that I don’t want to go and regurgitating the company jargon of, safety first or safety second, whatever it is.

 

But again, thank you everybody. Here’s to another a hundred episodes and  looking forward to meeting as many as your person as we open up in 2022 beyond.

 

 

Hello, incubator students. So we have an old student Marianne here who went through the incubator course. So please go through all the past videos before you watch this video, because it’s meant to round out all the remaining questions and fill the gaps. But thanks for jumping on Marianne.

 

And hopefully this discussion helps give me more insight and hopefully I answered all these questions. Sure. Maybe I didn’t like, understand or needed just some clarification. Yeah. And that’s why we do this right in this format, as opposed to writing down answers and a horrible typer.

 

And I was never good at English. So it’s always better to talk through the answers because a lot of these are more, answers in the gray and stuff like. So the first one here is one of our associations, these are rental properties. Is this charged back to the tenant or can it be tax deductible if it’s a short term rental?

 

So let’s just take out the fact that we’re talking about short term or long term. I don’t think it matters either way, but it’s two things here. So they’ll almost all owner association fees for the most part. You can do it either way. It’s just some people decide that they want to charge the tenants.

 

I think some of us who’ve lived in apartments or houses or in college, it was all over the place so very similar. But most times the tenant is just in charge of one thing, especially in B & C class stuff because dude, you don’t want to give these guys responsibility to do another thing.

 

And ultimately you’re the one holding the bag or interest fees racking up. So if you gotta make it easier for them so they just paid one thing, which means they’re typically reimbursed  for utilities or these homeowners association fees. And then the other question is is it tax deductible? Yeah, sure it is necessary and ordinary for your business.

 

I guess I’ll let you ask the questions here. So actually that was for number one. So number two, in this section, within the turnkey, a course on what markets do I invest in? Like in the course material, how often are the top markets updated? Is it annually? Because it’s due to the MSA data. They’re not really updated.

 

I just cut and pasted this thing right here. And it’s supposed to be just guidelines that these are the types of markets. You’ll probably never see California, New York, Boston, Hawaii, Seattle here. All right. These are all secondary and tertiary markets, if you’re looking for the top 10, this is the clickbait type of stuff that maybe I would be the one thing I would be on the lookout for what markets to invest in.

 

The one thing I would caution people about is to stay away from those very small markets like Boise, right? He’s making a lot of headlights now, but it’s only a quarter of a million people. It’s under that. I wouldn’t invest in anything less than half a million or certainly 300- 400,000 thousand population or less.

 

Okay. When you’re talking those bigger medium, large size cities MSA now, like there’s not really much. For the most part. That’s exactly why you pick investing in Phoenix or Houston as their major markets. They don’t really around too much. I would group B&C questions together.

 

Can we correlate a short-term or vacation rental kind of market with Regular turnkey market? So for instance, like Jacksonville, Tampa, Florida, and Arizona, would you say those are, I guess safer  markets? Cause you could either go on vacation or turnkey.

 

To me, like the short term rentals is an entirely different business. It’s a very, and I say that, it’s a seal, like people are living in your box, right? So from that respect, I think that’s where you can say it’s the same, but the way I look at it, it’s very different because the clientele that you serve is very different.

 

Term rentals are more discretionary it’s people on vacation. Just something like, just to prove my point, like very similarly, like a mobile home park. Is for like class D class C type of tenants, but then you have RV parks, same structure, but two very different clientele RV parks are more for the families that like to travel.

 

And they like to go to the parks and on vacation, like two very different clienteles. I just don’t even like to intermingle . Like that. I think you got a good idea there, right? And you’re like, oh wow. If Jacksonville is a place where it’s traditionally been a great secondary market, with a lot of long-term rental short with long term rental market, and people happen to travel up the panhandle up to Florida, to go on vacation because they can’t afford to go to Disneyland or go to international travel. And that’s where. Those types of short term rentals come in. But I guess I was just thinking more of an exit strategy if I need any in future.

 

Would it be an easier exit, but that was my thought. Oh, okay. Yeah. But the problem is like if you’re buying a class B house it is a piece of crap. In terms of short-term rental vacationer standards. You say you’re looking to get a long-term rental and then sell it retail to some sophisticated Airbnb owner.

 

Is that kinda the idea? If we have to exit, for instance, like the pandemic light turns different or at least at the beginning of the pandemic, we are unsure. And this was the other way around like short term people are looking at long-term or maybe, I don’t know, with, meaning futures.

 

Long-term going to short term. I don’t know, but just if I had to exit a turnkey, I was thinking if, having it somewhere that may be short term interest too, if that’s safer. Yeah, it’s just your run. Long-term rental, your class B rental. It ain’t going to be in a place where people are going to be vacationing.

 

And I think a lot of you guys in the incubator, it’s great ideas, but this is where you got to get some on the ground and actually go travel and want to go visit these properties because once you visit the stuff. Shit, that ain’t good. A good idea, right? It’s not dangerous, but nobody in their right mind would come and vacation there for a day or a week.

 

No way. It’s just not gonna happen. Yeah I don’t know if Seattle, right? It’s kinda like you traveled to Seattle. There’s no way in hell. You’re gonna go and get a short-term rental in Auburn, Kent or Renton, no way that’s not going to happen. Or where you’re out in the world.

 

You’re not going to go get an Airbnb in Baltimore, hell no.   It’s the same thing. Or maybe those are bad examples or kind of extreme, but it’s what I’m saying, at the same time to your point, we never knew what was going to happen in the pandemic. Traditionally or especially in Florida, a lot of the people, they’re Airbnb shutdown, but around the summer times, those people were making a killing firefly with their short-term rentals because people couldn’t go to Disney world. They wanted to get the heck out of their houses. And you know how Florida people are right.

 

They’re anti-vax. They want to get out there. The only place they could go was to a little Airbnb in Jacksonville or on the coast. Who knows? But I think, separating the short-term long-term, it’s just two different clienteles, two different asset classes. Got it.

 

Thank you so much, Lane. Okay. I know you’re thinking. I like how you’re thinking too. You never know. Yeah. I was thinking more like airports and stuff too. But then again, how do we correlate the best real estate markets with the rise by sector? I guess as things expand off California and Seattle.

 

What cities are startups, starting to lay down their roots and are any of these new cities in the appreciation market or in those markets where we are, we should look at for short-term rental or long-term? So you’re thinking like the tech markets or any other things that are moving out of California or Seattle, right? Like where are these people going? Boise, I dunno where else they’re going. Analogy that people use is that the Bay Area was like a pressure cooker and it just spilled over, in probably the 2010s, it was spilling over into Seattle, Bellevue, Kirkland . And then in the last decade, also it spilled over to Salt Lake City, Phoenix.

 

And then with the pandemic, with the remote working where a lot of these tech companies said, you can go where the heck you guys want. Now it’s spilled over to these other or tertiary markets like Boise, people are coming to Hawaii here. Because they don’t, they have no need to go to an office anymore.

 

So they’re going all over the place. I’m not in tech, so I don’t know, but the traditionalist inside of me still feels like these people need to be physically located in a city hub. But every city is telling themselves that it has a little tech sector, Atlanta, even places like Birmingham, right?

 

Like it’s everywhere, right? Like the Delta variant it’s everywhere, it’s your fault. Okay, thank you, Lane. I asked specifically about Texas because in question E because my husband just moved to Texas this year, where would you recommend to invest in Texas? And does it depend on the year, like in your copy and paste above, you mentioned that’s pretty general, a year does not matter.

 

Yeah. Texas is on fire. You see all the stats every single month, the people will be from everywhere, especially California, pro economy, more of a red state, except for Austin, Texas. Everything is new out there and from a traffic engineer standpoint, like you can build roads how you want it.

 

Everything’s bigger in Texas. Traditionally this is as far back as like the early 2000s, they call it the Texas triangle. So that is Dallas, Houston, San Antonio. Anywhere in the Texas triangle, it’s just blowing up. That said, that has been the sentence for the last decade.

 

And now in the year 2021, it’s getting older, especially in Dallas. You have a lot of unsophisticated people just coming in. Oh, it’s really hard to buy even class C assets. It used to be, you could buy it for 40- 50 grand a unit. Now you’re over a hundred grand for some of that class C.

 

Texas is overplayed and you’re probably like five years, to be the first settler. But that said, all the fundamentals are still strong and people are, keep moving in. Rents are still going up. I guess if I’m reading your question, maybe it’s not as hot in Dallas, but maybe people are starting to look in Fort Worth more, which is the sister city of Dallas. They’re running off to Houston. Now, San Antonio was a little weak in the last handful of years, but now these things go up and down. But I don’t think you can go wrong anywhere on like the  or other main interstates, even going out to the panhandle.

 

Okay. Thank you Lane for helping. Moving on to the next section on deal analysis is really just a comment on the deal analysis like excel on the analyzer, I was wondering if we should include some of the assumptions, 5% in some of the fields and then also like color code, like conditional format.

 

So see if I put in certain numbers that all were red. If it’s low, the trash will be looked at. So maybe I could work on that for you, Lane, if you want. Or I could just see for myself. Yeah. I think a lot of people out there want to go based on whether I want the spreadsheet to light up blue or different shades of green.

 

But things change all the time, right? Like when five years ago you’d be looking for properties at the 1.1%, rent the value threshold in a certain sub-market. Now, today that same market, you might be lucky to find rent to value ratios at 0.9%. So it’s a constantly moving target. And if you’ve seen that chart that I show sometimes of like general cap rates coming down, It ain’t getting better.

 

It’s just you did the infinite banking thing and they always change those things. The best time to do it was yesterday guys, and this is why in the incubator group, like we always have people. I always tell people I don’t know what lights up, the spreadsheet, red or green.

 

I say that facetiously because I’m like go out and go analyze 20, 50, a hundred properties. And you go tell me where the scatter chart tells you where the water line is on this type of stuff. Let’s see. Cool. The next one is more just on organizing the Google drive.

 

I think I put it here, should we put it as the suffix rather than the prefix? Because of some of the files, I was like where do I see? Where do I, how do I see the actual file? But that’s fine. It was just my comments on the origin or anything. Okay. Okay. What, like what fall are you trying to get access to Google drive files?

 

Yeah, but which one? Maybe I should email you the record. Cause I put these questions a while back and I forget what the deal analysis is. Sorry. Okay. I think so. I think all the, like the resources and files are just clumped in the share file, but if you go through the incubator course or the remote investor equal yeah.

 

The links are there in the order of progression. So let’s see, I caught it here. You didn’t go through the e-course. I know, like that’s how I would do it. I’m just like you, right? I’m like, all right let me just read stuff as I need it, not go through the freaking order and then let me download this big resource and just go do the research. Like you worked backwards. That’s how I would do it too. But that’s why you have enough problems. Okay. Thank you.

 

Yeah. It’s pretty typical of folks in our group, right? That’s why you’re doing what you’re doing.

So doesn’t that eel hold the same weight as cash on cash or ROI, is NOI, does it hold the same weight and why. Cash on cash. I’ve never heard of net yield, talked about two months, but cash on cash is a very common one. It’s a cash and cost is based on how much money you have if your down payment and then how much ROI getting on it.

 

NOI is how much money you’re making. You’re profiting. So income minus expenses, not including any of your debt service. Because some people won’t use any debt, which is silly to me. Some people will use 70%. Some people use 80%. So in terms of people comparing their investments, they throw all that stuff out the window and just compare the net operating income on a deal.

 

But as an investor, when you’re looking at your portfolio you have three or four properties. Something I suggest investors do every year is prune off the property, one out of the bunch. So the way you’re doing this is you’re just comparing yourself. You just, you’re just in competition with yourself or your properties or competition that gets each other.

 

So you want to figure out what your return on equity is. So part of that analysis is your cash and cash return. Okay? Yes. I think that makes sense. ‘ cause I sometimes am emotional about stuff. I buy mine, looking at it through this analysis. This helps me prune, yeah. The resource for that is simplepassivecashflow.com/roe.

 

There’s a spreadsheet in there where you put all your properties and then you put in like how much equity the schools or deployable equity you have in there. So basically. You have how much property you’re profiting. You are divided by how much deployable equity and that’s your return on equity.

 

And then it compares all your properties. And for most people that they do this especially the ones that have done it the traditional way, where they try and fail debt, which doesn’t take advantage of all the inflation that’s happening. Now, you get killed by hanging off.

 

Now that you’re like, oh shoot, I have this one a hundred percent paid off, even though I’m cash a lot. And it is, it might be a great rental in my portfolio. This is my dead weight right here. This is what I should probably sell refinanced. We keep on first. And that’s what it helps. Helps you make that decision.

 

Okay. Thank you then. I think they are kind of related too, so cat rave, so let’s talk about cat rate. Any, should we only show, talk about cat rate when it’s all cash, since it’s the ratio of net operating income to property value. So if I bought a house at 70 and like the NOI seven, that brings me to a clean cap of 10, right? Or no? So cap rate is typically used in commercial real estate. When you’re buying little rental properties, it really doesn’t. People like to use it to sound cool, but it’s really, to me, not the place or that type of usage of the word, in a single-family home, we mainly discuss in terms of cash on cash return or return on equity, which is more just in competition with your old self.

 

But when you’re trying to compare all the investors, like comparing each other’s stuff, Ooh, I’m getting cash on cash return. That’s how you typically talk in terms of things. When you find an investor and they stay alive, operating on us for cat five cat, they usually there it’s like one of those people that they want to sound cool, but they really only look like a douche because.

 

Terms correctly. Cap rates are mostly for the commercial world because as I cut and paste this in here, cap rates are severely overestimated. In most cases, especially by brokers, sellers, and syndicators. And your guy who likes to brag about his one rental property, being a seven or 15 cap, I don’t really pay much attention to.

 

The reason why is because typically what’s going on or expenses are always left out or income is slated and that’s what dictates your cap. So when you have bad data, you might as well just throw the dang thing out. So it’s like a top of line calculation. They’re always manipulated, and this can throw your cap plus or minus 2%, right?

 

So an example is a broker will be like, oh, we got it. We got a fifth, 12 cap. First of all, when I see that stuff, I know I’m working with just a douchebag broker, right? Another one of these yo-yos. And I want to work with a broker that shows me numbers and actually is not going to just try and trick me.

 

But ridiculous stuff with, oh, we’re working on a seven chapter eight cap, right? The reason why is because they’re just manipulating, they’re just manipulating, but either income or expenses. And one common way is maybe they don’t show the property manager, the owner is doing the property management themselves.

 

So they’re saving several thousand dollars with property management. But when I take over the property, you take over the property, we’re going to need it. So that nine chap property goes down to a six, five cat property overnight. That’s why I threw the dang thing up, because it all depends on how the seller has manipulated it. Their profit and loss statement. That makes sense.

 

So it’s what do you want, what cap rate do you want to see? That’s why all brokers know that they have a sucker, a buyer like, oh, Marianne, what a cap rate are you looking for? Eight and a half. All right. Let me just change this number here. Like it’s, if you don’t know the difference.

 

All right. Here’s the eight cap. Oh, you like it? That’s good. That’s exactly what you want. Okay. When you’re working with institutional brokers, larger deals where they don’t jerk around. They sell things as they are. Yeah. You still have to be, do your due diligence. And you’re playing a detective to get the cap rate.

 

You have less of this nonsense. But with single-family homes, anything under 60 minutes, this is going to be very positive and it was just why I don’t even look at the cat. Mind blowing. Thanks Lane. Appreciate it. Case study, I have not submitted what he said yet because my husband and I are looking at an investment in Houston or attempting Houston, but the TKI.

 

I think in Houston,Texas, they mentioned that they’re out of inventory. So they’re supposed to send the inventory list this month. Yeah. Which may or may not be good. Because they have so many clients, sucker investors. There’s so many people now that after the start of the pandemic have rushed into buying turnkey rentals.

 

That’s one of the reasons why we paused on the whole incubator program because. I’ve moved off to syndications and private placements. And like the turnkey world is always just always changing people come in, they come out the good ones. If they’re smart, they go to more retail products and they don’t mess with cheapskate investors.

 

Which is hard, right? Like the people that people always talk about on the forums, those are the people just gouging people on prices because they built up a track record. And the sponsored group has happened. But I dunno, I figure out what the property is worth, that you’re actually paying for, not the price that you’re paying, gonna use your deal analyzer for that.

 

So thank you. You have to figure out the comparable sales, right? You get to do that yourself. And unfortunately that’s why I don’t like residential real estate because the price is dictated and comparable sales have nothing to do with the number. So when you’re buying a duplex triplex spot, it shouldn’t go based on the numbers.

 

It should get the price dictated on comparable sales. Oh, he understood. I was wondering in terms of the financing, do you know if you like for duplex turnkeys, if we should even look at FPG loans, yeah. Because if he’s based in one of the units, can I try to receive, we could qualify for FPG.

 

Yeah. You have to be owner occupied and you have to be owner occupied to get that stuff. I’m not super familiar with the FHA. And this is where you talk with your lender because the rules kind of change. But my understanding is that for the FHA stuff you have to live there for sure. On the Fannie and Freddie loans, you don’t have to be living there to be not more occupied, but you gotta come with a full 20% down payment and you’re going to have to pay maybe half a point higher than what you would have otherwise, if it was occupied.

 

But I don’t know. If you guys are accredited investors, to me, it’s a freaking waste of time. What do you do? You do all this work, you do the inspection you buy, especially when you buy it over market price, because you’re surrounded by a bunch of unsophisticated turnkey buyers that just listen to a bunch of podcasts and you’re overpaying by 10 20 grand plus, it all you’re going to have at the end of the day is going to be underwater and you’re going to be making what, $200 a cashflow a month.

 

For younger people, That’s cool. What if your net worth is half a million or your credit investor then? In Hawaii, we call that full whole. It’s not worth it. It’s PETA. Okay. Thanks. Even what the E I D and I think they’ll lower is the FHA we can get in with. And what’s the look at the ROI, the cash on cash, because my down payment is so low.

 

I’m making, I’m just making this up 30% of my money, 40% of my money just in cash, because I only have $10,000 down. But how much are you really making at the end of the day for that level of effort? I don’t know. And then I, especially for accredited investors, You’re going to be living amongst your tenants.

 

This is not cool for married people, in my opinion, but I’m not, this is a lifestyle that doesn’t listen to me. And if I wasn’t a credit investor, I’d want to live somewhere. Cool. Instead of just a turnkey rental, with LVT flooring and indestructible countertops, I’d rather.

 

Living in a nice, luxurious apartment. I think seeing me as my husband, he likes apartment living too, so yeah, but we’ll look and see. Yeah, but I get it right. Like the FHA is, that’s the law, right? You think you’re coming in with 5% down and the wheels in your head or? Ooh, that’s a great ROI, but is it really?

 

Move the needle. And at what point, especially as a credit investor, you start to realize I’m going to get financial freedom very quickly in the next five years. If you’re already a credit investor, why am I doing silly things like moving in next to my tenants? For some of you guys deserve to start living it up already.

 

Nobody ever tells you that, everybody wants you to like, don’t find latte living under your means. Save. Because of that, I don’t know. I think it’s one of those things where if you had parents like mine or you probably are the same, you were rewarded by being very frugal.

 

Yeah. And I guess. At work, if you do well, you get rewarded with more work. So yeah. All messed up. Is that, huh? Yeah. Anyways. Yeah. I guess I was along the same lines as while we already went through. It’s 10% down, not five but 10, but no PMI and sturdy. So we were looking at that too.

 

That, yeah, we’ll go through that. Yeah. I don’t know all these companies there’s or there’s a bunch of these guys there for the most part, I would, they make it really easy to apply, which is nice, but I think you have to be careful that bait and switch, especially if it’s not owner occupied and you have to massage your debt to income ratios in your power profile.

 

They, these guys spend a bunch on ads and they get you guys to apply via their app. They’re typically I don’t think they have as good pricing for the most part. A lot of times this thing. Okay. I guess you’re 2021, for all the listeners. What is the average rate for the third year?

 

For now, I don’t know. I have no idea. Maybe for non-owner occupied, maybe 4% to 6%. Okay. Yeah. What I would do is if you walk into any bank and you look at the really low rights for owner occupied offices, and I think that what does that three and a half percent right now? Yeah. That’s never nobody ever gets that.

 

It’s what it seems like. So it’s that, it’s more like for, so what I’ll do is go plus a half a point because it’s not occupied the beat four and a half.

 

Do you recommend using HELOC or non-recourse asset based loans to like funds to? why not? Do you need to figure out your level of risks that you want to take part in? You want to ask me five, 10 years ago. If I felt comfortable with people getting lots of leverage on top of their leverage, using the HELOC for down payments and more properties, I would have felt uncomfortable with that personally.

 

But today I guess I’ve been desensitized to it and I’m like if you’re buying cash flowing assets, I’ll bad Kennedy. Go ahead and do it, right? Yeah. But most more, most people have just lazy equity, nothing Jack. So I’d like to get that working first, before you start to get key locks and stuff like that, going to the non-recourse asset based loan. They sound foolish and the lenders make great fees on this, which is why they always push the stuff, especially like the all-in-one loans and the portfolio loans.

 

But the Thies suck on boats and their leisurely higher rates. Do you want it? You want to exhaust your Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac volts first all the time. And this is like where the lenders are, they’re not your friend. Make no mistake. They’re not your friend. They’re always going to like it. As soon as they start to see your borrower profile become a little bit squirrely.

 

They’re going to look for the easy way out, just like we talked about like tax professionals, right? They always want to do things the easy way. So once you, once they start to say, oh, your debt to income ratio is anywhere from 60 to 45. I don’t know. I’m just making this up, but oh, Hey Maryanne, maybe you should do a non-recourse asset-based loan, a portfolio loan, think for yourself.

 

Understand the pros and cons of going down that to me, if you have a clean borrower profile and you have good debt to income ratio, Do you use the Fannie Mae Freddie Mac loans, but for some of you guys out there who have California rentals and a lot of equity that mess up your debt to income ratio, because it’s not a good purchase and a, not a good loan, then you pop, you might not fall find, you may have to go down this non-recourse asset based loan, but then again, if you have several hundred thousand dollars of equity in your California rental, you shouldn’t be investing in little rental properties.It’s probably a accredited.

 

Great. That makes sense. I don’t know. I, yeah, it depends where you are and like your profile. So yeah, some options out there but yeah. Do your own analysis. Got it. Hard money. So it says for instance, if you did use hard money, would you recommend paying off, paying it off quickly instead of refinancing because of all of these?

 

Why are you using hard money on these types of properties? Paint the scenario that you do make this with. I dunno, for. I don’t know for someone who may not qualify for a traditional, I don’t know if anyone would use hard money, but I’m not sure. Yeah. Let me give one example and then if you can think of another let me know.

 

So I would think the only reason why you’re trying to use hard money to go after a deal, if you’re buying that deal, is because you’re stressed and you need to close on it quickly, or. Maybe it is a turnkey and it’s a highly competitive environment. You’ve got to go in with a stronger offer, which I would say totally buy the damn property in the first place.

 

Everybody is heavy going off of it. You’re buying it over price period. Don’t do it. It’s not it’s not like an LP feels like, oh we’re having a $50,000 position, but because everybody. I Want it now, it’s $60,000. It doesn’t happen in the world. But that would be the only reason why you’d want to use hard money.

 

And this is we get into the realm of the people doing that BRRR strategy that buy, rent, rehab, refinance, you’re an accredited investor to me. This is just Childsplay. Just don’t waste your time doing this stuff, unless you’d like to feel like you’re making a lot of money and feel like you’re forced.

 

That’d be the only reason why you do the hard money. But that’s up to you, right? Like how do you want to run your finances? Do you want to use Ash or would you rather use a hilar or use a hard money loan and keep the cash on the side? It’s always having dry powder. It’s up to you. Is there any circumstance where you can think where you’d have to use hard money to go after a deal?

 

Oh, indeed. You want to go heavy, right? Because all the books tell you, if you go on hard money, you can get a 5% discount, which doesn’t happen. That was like 1998 or something like that. It was not really real, especially when you’re buying retail type of products like turnkeys, and I can get no discount with that.You’re already buying it overpriced. Okay. Good to know.

 

 

 

Cash reserves. So like in case of vacancies, I don’t know, like what, how would you recommend whether present teacher number, like in order to handle the loan payments? I, what kind of cash reserves we should have, like a total portfolio in case of emergencies, if we’re doing that.

 

Okay. This is totally up to your personality, too. Some people believe the Corona virus is real. Some people aren’t right. Like it, people, it’s all based on where your personal head space is at. If you want, the bank, where they’re called, smart money or just conservative to criminal we’re conservative.

 

They typically want anywhere from three to six months of principal, interest taxes and insurance. So on a little rental property where your mortgage is 500 bucks, they’re wanting what? 1500, three grand. So we can use that as a starting point. How does that sound to you? Is that, are you, would you like more, which you can, what is your personal comfort level?

 

I guess I would say that class time is six. Okay. And this is where it’s up to your personal comfort level. Like I would say in my experience what’s the worst that can happen. A tenant messes up your property and now you have to pay $20,000 to get the thing back online. There should be other places you should be able to take cash from, to pay for some very low chance of something. But high-impact things like that. What’s going to happen? 80% of the time is maybe a tenant moves out and maybe your property goes vacant for a handful of months and you might have to fix something.

 

So that might be, you gotta pay your debt service for a few months. So 1500, maybe you gotta pay to put in a thousand dollars of repairs. So two to $3,000 is you’re going to be your key in most cases. So I would tell people like, we’ll have at least. It is dry powder, but then it also has to do with your personal cash flow levels.

 

Like we just had in our mastermind group, a guy who makes eight or nets $8,000 he puts that away every month. Old Henry. And he, and I’m like dude, you’re fine. Like you can have a vacancy, every single month, several every month you’d be fine. So he needs less dry powder around.

 

And for a lot of people in our group, a lot of you guys are able to save two to three, $4,000 per month. So that should, you’re good. You can also keep some dry powder and like some IRAs, Roth IRAs or.

 

I’m not saying you should have $3,000 times six. I think that’s a little ridiculous. And then as you get more properties, right? I think your level of dollar per property goes down, because you’re reaching a more steady state. You’re more diversified, right? So it’s harder in the beginning.

 

And when your net worth is lower, which sucks. That’s what’s hard. I bought this whole wealth building thing. And at the beginning, it’s the hardest, but as your net worth grows, as you have more income, more cash flow from just your day job and you have more properties, your level of insurance goes down. And just to use an extreme example. If you had larger companies, they self-insure to a point.

 

Yeah, it’s called the trickle for me, because I use mint to track my net with. So when it drops, the cash side drops. I’m like, oh, I wish he was over here. But yeah, and this is like every situation is different. And what I would say for you, you’re more on the conservative side, but for every rental property.

 

Yeah. This is just me shooting from the hip. Don’t do exactly what I’m saying, because I just thought of it. I’m in it. But maybe knowing your personality, maybe I would get a few thousand dollars per property of cash reserves, but be able to pull a little bit from elsewhere. If you’re able to net three, $4,000 per month, you’re good right there.

 

And then the more properties you have. I would say maybe $1,500 per property. You start to work your way down that way. Yep. I agree. Probably on lending. What kind of lenders should we use to reuse those that are recommended by the provider? Or the turnkey provider or like on your preferred list, I don’t know if we need to like, try to scale to other states, if we should think about that and then yeah.

 

So the way the lending works is the lender, the lenders are a lot of the guys that we work with are licensed in multiple states, like life insurance, right? So those, the banking stuff that we do. The same guy gets licensed in multiple states. That’s all it is. That’s it. And the loans that were getting Fannie Mae Freddie Mac for the most part are federal programs.

 

It doesn’t really matter what state you’re in. So what I would say in terms of the lender, right? There’s two parts of the lender, the broker, right? The sales guy, the guys who tell you all this stuff that they can do. You’re trying to, that’s why you work with referrals, right?

 

Because these guys are not just the stupid salesman that tell you one thing, but then the underwriter in the back room tells them they can’t do it. And now you’re stuck. And then the general rule of thumb is you don’t go to a large bank because typically those people are, might be great at working with owner occupied stuff in the state that you live in.

 

But this non-owner occupied stuff is a little different to them. And I would just not interest those types of people to do it. I would look for people who do own or non owner occupied and rowboat rental property. As their primary business. Okay. Reps, I guess if someone is like 35 to become an inspector with that country threat status doodle property inspector.

 

Yeah. If you’re a real estate agent, you can inspect properties for gazillion hours a year. Play a real estate agent for a gazillion hours a year. But if you’re not actively participating in your personal portfolio, it doesn’t count. I see. And this is where I’m a little fuzzy and of course, none of this is financial advice or tax advice.

 

Go find a CPA. That’s going to sign off on this stuff first. But of course, I always tell you guys to get educated on this stuff and know the nuances. So if you can go and play a little intellectual jiu-jitsu with your CPA. So they just don’t do it the easy way until you know what. To me, if you need to have some active participation in your portfolio.

 

Now, if you’re an inspector, really how much you can’t hit 750 hours inspecting your property is not going to happen man. Okay. So no, but you need to say but how can I? Interesting. Good question. So that’s a difference between yes, you’re doing real estate activities, but has nothing to do with your portfolio or passive portfolio that you’re operating.

 

All right. Insurance question on umbrella insurance. Currently, we plan not to have a car anymore. I was wondering, if we should still get an umbrella, neither of us are in high liability kind of professions. To me umbrellas, the first thing you get well before, you get property insurance on your properties.

 

But yeah, you get the umbrella before you get any LLCs, start spending money on that type of stuff. Okay. The umbrella is the one that everybody thinks is you’re driving in your car or you hit grandma, right? Yeah. Even if you don’t have a car, I would still get it. It’s so cheap, like probably a few hundred bucks. Just get it.

 

Yeah. Because it’s supposed to cover let’s just say the insurance doesn’t cut, jump in. Supposedly the umbrella is supposed to be your next layer before you rely on all these entities. But too often entities and all these others. Exotic trusts are sold before this. Hey, it’s you’ve got this armor on, put this stuff on. It’s like just the order where you put it in. Thank you. That helps a lot. And it’s cheap just to get it right. Yeah. Operating the property. So do you think for the turnkeys  we would need to put in things like remote control thermostats or security systems and security cameras, or that depends whether it’s A, B or C type of finishing?

 

Yeah. You’re not going to put a Siri or Alexa thing in that property, class C they’ll probably just steal it or something like that. It sounds cool, but it’s just not the clientele.  My style is like, you hire good people and you rely on their expertise as consultants.

 

And these are your property managers. You know, asked what they think about it. They’re going to give you the best opinion, because they’re set in the ground. They know the clientele, they know the area. But typically not the type of long-term rentals that we’re doing. Short-term rentals probably, but that’s a totally different business.

 

I’m just saying this, but I don’t want security cameras in there. I’m probably going to get sued or something like that for invasion  of privacy or some nonsense like that. Okay. Exit strategy. If we can sell it back to the turnkey provider or should we? You could, they’ll buy it. That’s an option most times is they know that you’re an unsophisticated buyer who’s distressed. So they’re going to buy it for pennies on the dollars, just like the used car dealer. 

 

 And this is the thing, right? That the business model for a lot of these name brand turnkey companies is they’re buying a hundred thousand dollar property for 120. Now, if you come to them and you say, and enough, I don’t want this thing anymore. They’re probably going to fire for 75 and then sell it again to some sucker at 110 to 120 again. Okay. If we have a bad experience with a tenant and want to exit, do we change property managers instead of selling it?

 

That can possibly be a solution. I guess you got to figure out what the problem is, right? Is it your PM or is it just a tenant or maybe that property isn’t very good? And this is where you have to figure things out because everybody’s going to be blaming each other. So for example, the properties manager is going to say the turnkey company sucked because they didn’t fix all this stuff.

 

Or they’re going to blame the tenant, we have a horrible tenant. The tenant’s going to be blaming the property manager and that the property sucks and it’s all brokers, it’s just a constant finger-pointing game. So it’s your job. And it’s three employees that are dysfunctional. No, they couldn’t complain to you as the boss for all you guys aren’t there that are like managers of people, it’s just like the childish stuff you have to deal with.

 

Totally. You think that it’s going to be like a grownup adult and once the kid graduates and goes off to college, no one follows. But maybe there are still some problems. Like when we sell it on MLS, should we target retail or like investors bigger pockets, investors, or would you recommend for sale by owner?

 

I would sell it. If the tenant moves out then, what I would do is fix it up retail. You might spend 10 to $20,000 and then sell that thing to a local broker to sell to some retail owner, occupied buyer, hopefully thrilled with the motion to buy it and will overpay for what it really is. If you want to get rid of it.

 

What I would do is I would list it with a lot of discount brokers that will sell it with a tenant in place to a turnkey buyer. If you guys need a recommendation, you guys can shoot me an email. I can connect you with my guy who does that.

 

It’s kinda like a boat. You’re happy when you get in here, you can have here, when you hold a turnkey rental property, if you’re an accredited investor, like for those of you guys out there who are under half a million dollars net worth keep buying rentals, I always have to put it in because people cannot make that difference.

 

Understood. And would you ever recommend owner financing? Never. It’s like a unicorn. It never happens to these guys and don’t even fall for this stuff. The tenants, like when I left the property, I want to live there. Can we work out some deal, lease option, owner finance. Those are the reasons why these guys are living in class B&C rentals.

 

Their credit report is probably shot. They don’t follow through with things. This is not going to happen, guys. Just stop wasting your time and just sell it to retail or to a discount broker. It’s just like borrowing money. Lending money to you, like your brother-in-law or your sister-in-law is not going to get it back.

 

It’s just not going to happen. I think that’s right. Would you recommend selling to a family? Oh no. Heavens no. And the problem is like you might be in good faith that I’m selling the property. Like I wouldn’t, I’ve done it in the past where I sell properties to people I know.

 

And I always do. Hey, man. I’m just being honest here. Like I fix things up as they need to, but if something should break, I’m sorry. That’s just the risks you take on and so you need to have that discussion. To me. It’s not worth it. And then with the year of the house, be built into key decisions to exit strategy, not really houses.

 

It’s not like commercial assets, where there’s a definitive class A,B & C type of thing with ages when apartments in the 1970s are more like the class B minus type level or class A is getting into the 1980s, 1990s, houses there’s no age on the date for the most part.

 

The bad side of that is you can sink an infinite amount of money into a house too, in terms of repairs and upgrades, etcetera. But any other questions? Good question. Those were all I had as I went through the course, because it was so detailed and I guess answered most of my questions already. So thanks Lane.  We’ll throw this into the remote investor eCourse for folks. Thanks, Marianne.

 

1.5M Accredited FOOM Member Coaching Call | 1031 Exchange/ Infinite banking / Goals

https://youtu.be/PLRjVNjSM4E

Hey simple passive cashflow listeners for another week in a row because you guys requested it so much. We are going to be doing another coaching call with yet another accredited investor. You guys seem to really like these and you guys also keep signing up to do more of ’em. If you guys wanna sign up then make yourself anonymous, make a fake name, change the story a little bit so that your coworker doesn’t know it’s you. When they’re also listening to the simple passive cashflow podcast, feel free to do so. Gotta do two things: you gotta be part of our free clubs, simple passive cashflow.com/club joined there.

 

So we know you’re a real person to get to know you a little bit better. And everybody in that club, make sure you guys sign up for the onboarding call, get a call with myself or somebody else on our team. And if you want to sign up for that free coaching call to be put on the podcast, send an email at the team@simplepassivecashflow.com and we’ll get you set up.

 

But before we get going again, I wanted to give you that opportunity to check out the free audiobook of my book, go to simplepassivecashflow.com/book. And also thanks for buying the book because we got an Amazon bestseller. And if there’s something else that you guys want me to cover on this podcast, or talk about, maybe we can do a feature, just ask anything or talk about any topics.

 

Let me know, send the email over team@simplepassivecashflow.com and we’ll try and get a handle for your guys. But yeah thanks for listening to the show and here we go.

 

Hey simple passive cashflow listeners. Today, we are doing a coaching call with Eric who has a net worth of a million and a half. He’s an accredited investor, and he has a bunch of rentals, but he’s looking to sell them off, go into syndications and private placements. So we’re gonna be talking a lot about how he built up that original portfolio.

 

He worked with a bunch of friends, a bunch of guys drinking beers, pulled the cash together and that’s how we got to accredited status. And then we’re going to talk a lot about options, 1031, that type of stuff. And a lot of good stuff here. So I think, a lot of you guys starting out, you guys are creeping over that million dollar stage.

 

This is going to be very perfect  to a lot of you guys.  All right, let’s welcome Eric who’s also a FOOM member . If you guys want to check out that group go to simplepassivecashflow.com/journey. A lot of high quality people in that group, but, yeah, go there to learn more. But yeah, Eric, thanks for jumping on.

 

Thanks for having me. Yeah. Once you give people a little context on how you got started a little bit like, how old you are, family structure, then how long ago did you get started to get to the point million and a half now? Yeah, sure. So I’m 33. I’m married. I have two kids under three, and we started out about five or six years ago getting into real estate.

 

Following college. I worked in oil and gas. My undergrad is related to oil and gas and kind of the business finance side. So I did that for a few years traveling a lot and jumped into renewable energy about five or six years ago. And have been doing that ever since as a project manager for utility wind and solar projects, but along the way we got away from the traditional personal finance stuff, IRA, SEP IRAs, Roth things like that.

 

I didn’t have any travel expenses like you in part of your career or any living expenses. I’m sorry. Cause I was living in hotels for the first four years out of school. So I was able to stockpile a decent amount of cash. Just didn’t know what to do with it, honestly on the road a lot started listening to podcasts, like a lot of people in their mid twenties, right?

 

Yeah. I’m 25. I bought my first little house just outside of Austin that we’re actually getting ready to sell. And when listening to podcasts, alternate investing kind of stuff, real estate really starts going down the rabbit hole of rental properties and I think that’s the way many do when you get on bigger pockets.

 

And that led to other podcasts over the next few years, but probably between. I dunno, 26 and 20. And now we have about 35 units in central Texas of rental properties, all small residential, one to four units. Some of those are probably A class that we’ve lived in around Austin. And some of those are your C class, Eight are B or eight are D, kind of fourplexes and duplexes.

 

That cashflow pretty well in an area near Fort Hood Killeen, which if you’re looking at it recently, it’s been growing a lot, over the past year or two, but, that’s where we thought we were going to go is rental properties and cashflow. That was going to be our way out to quit working if we wanted to, or as my wife and I, at that point in that late twenties got engaged and then married, that was our pathway that we thought we were going to go down.

 

I guess as I got older and a little smarter. Started talking with high net worth parents of my friends that I, we were hanging out with, maybe having a drink or whatever. And I realized that none of them own little dumpy houses in Killeen, Texas. They were investing in commercial funds and Large multifamily deals, new development subdivisions, things like that.

 

So started picking their brain a little bit on it. Like we’ve built up like a nice little portfolio. You think you’re hot stuff and then you find other people that do it very differently. And after a while you start to follow the breadcrumbs.

 

Yeah. Like you mentioned hot stuff, right? Like in my peer group, I was the guy buying rental properties, thinking I was doing well or whatever, but then you stretch your network a little bit and you realize there’s people your age that have already amassed quite a bit of wealth.

 

They get there in different ways and I just got my eyes open to the long-term game, not the running back and forth, checking on rehabs and dealing with tenant headaches and all that stuff and it wasn’t what I wanted. So over the past couple of years, we started looking for different ways and luckily a family friend got us in with a group out of Fort worth that does medical office spaces.

 

And that’s kinda how we got our start in a limited partner investing. And so in 2020, we started putting a little bit of money in probably I think 150,000. Some of that was with the group that I started with just buddies who were interested in the same thing, all, early thirties, good paying jobs, things like that.

 

We wanted to find a way to get our money to work for us. And then in 2021, we got fortunate with some good appreciation around Austin and sold one of our old primary houses that we had lived in for two out of the five. So no taxes to worry about and started refinancing a lot of our rental properties, just pulling out a decent amount of cash.

 

And I met Lane. I met you. I think we started talking about a deal in Houston at one point. And that’s where you met the mastermind group and enjoyed that. And since then, we’ve been diving all in. The unfortunate thing is that there are a lot of people who haven’t met any wealthy people.

 

You don’t know what you’re missing. And I think correct me if I’m wrong, but like  you’re lucky enough to be in proximity to some wealthy people that you can see the other side. Is that correct? Yeah. I grew up in a working class kind of middle class, going to work. They advise me to go to school and get a job, get a high paying job that way, whether it’s a project manager, oil and gas.

 

That’s part of the reason I pursued oil and gas is because it’s typically high paying, but yeah, no one in my family was buying rental properties or looking to invest in apartment deals or whatever. A family friend that I think was a buddy I grew up with and his dad had been doing it in that kind of opened my eyes to it.

 

And then we got to go rub shoulders with some of his friends at weddings, this and that. And you really saw a different lifestyle from yeah. You know what my trajectory was with rentals and just, a couple hundred dollars here, a unit couple hundred dollars here, a unit first, putting in a hundred thousand and then doubling that in three or five years.

 

And then we’re just rolling the money over. So just to set the table for you guys on the podcast, we also put this up on the YouTube channel too. I think we have a playlist of all the past coaching calls because we have the personal financial sheet up here. So we’re going to talk through some of these numbers and this and these other charts.

 

And I think this is also available. And if you guys sign up for the clubs that will pass a cashflow.com/club, all of these get categorized in net worth. Cause we’ve done a bodily, it’s a couple of dozen of these so far, so you can see where you are, but Eric’s got a net worth of 1.5 million. So we’ll fit that in where it needs to go in the pecking order. So you guys can fit yourselves in, but again, network million, $1.5 million. So that’s what I call it, like where he is at this point in time. But the other point, anybody who’s like a physics major took physics. You guys know one in time and then velocity, the velocity ice I call it is which, what do you net at the end of every month?

 

So his assets or his monthly assets or income coming in here, I think your real estate stuff is about half or a little bit more than half than your day job stuff looks like. That’s moving in the right direction. That’s where you want to go. We had some people in the group where they make most of their money through the ordinary income route.

 

And that’s why you don’t want to have an app, right? Yeah. It’s been a long time coming. It always hasn’t been that way, but the last two or three years, it has, but granted, we also self manage these, so there’s no management fee. So I do have to devote some time to that. But luckily, To put systems in place and, dealing with good and bad contractors throughout the years.

 

Yeah. It’s starting to make it worthwhile, dammit. It’s working. All, all those threads that you had in your twenties, they didn’t believe you, but it’s working now. Your expenses are in control. I think this is what we talk about a lot, like in, in our kind of circle.

 

A lot of us got to this point and worked class. A lot of us are very frugal, but I tell guys like, Eric, Hey, lighten up a little bit, have some fun, things are gonna be okay. Very, so the control we’re pretty frugal. Our mortgage is $1,800 a month in Texas. We have relatively pretty cheap housing. For my job, I get paid mileage and I drive around 50,000 miles a year. So essentially I don’t have a car payment and my wife’s car, she uses it in her business. So it’s written off. So we don’t have a ton of expenses but we do like to travel. So we do have a little bit of fun, but once the kiddos are a little older, we’ll get back to that.

 

We’re going to get you into the exotic car hacking subgroup. I’m sure my wife would love that. I know which by the way guys, as I’m going through this course, now there’s ways you can hack  cars. It’s based on the whole depreciation schedule, it hits the bottom and it pops up.

 

So the idea is you buy it at the right point. You hold on to it, as it pops up, you can actually own the car for free or make money possibly. But anyway, fun stuff  but any net cash flow, you’re putting away quite a bit of money. It’s definitely  six figures a year to put two investments in. I could do like three or four syndication deals a year, beautiful stuff.

 

Talk to us, you started to invest with your buddies, right? Like shortly after you got started, how did that all come about? How  did you guys work that?  After a few years of me talking about real estate and buying properties and probably headaches that came with that, I convinced three of my buddies that I went to school with in college with, to form an LLC, you start buying some rental properties.

 

In that Fort Hood area. And we bought a fourplex. A couple of duplexes realized I was the one doing all the grunt work, even though I was taking a small little fee to do it, but I got it. Do you structure that to compensate yourself for your time? Yeah, we just set it up as a member LLC.

 

And then I had a separate property management LLC, and we did a lease agreement to my LLC for 6% of the revenue of the rent. Oh, you were doing the property management, right? Yeah. So we’ve always self managed. We’ve never used a third party. Yeah. I’ve seen some people. If you have property management, you paid for property management,  your role will be asset managers, maybe take a point. That’s fair.

 

Yes. That’s come up in the last or conversations cause even, that same group, some of the deals in 2020, we all went in. So we, a hundred thousand minimum each show is through and 25. And the idea was whether it’s the fourplex, a duplex, whatever we buy or a syndication, should there be some kind of fee because, I spend a decent amount of time reaching out to people or a decent lot of time dealing with property management stuff to find those opportunities for us.

 

So we’ve brought that up, but, honestly with the syndication part, it’s been, it hasn’t been too hard, you find a few good people and we’re trying to dip our toes in with the few of them and see which ones we like. And, in a few years, hopefully some deals go full cycle.

 

We’ll have those three to five syndicators that we can just keep rolling over the money with, with that group. So what percent of your current week, like where you’re actually on real rental properties directly, are through your buddies, LLC or personally alone? Yeah. So on the tab that you’re on, those are all just my wife and I.

 

There’s another tab that shows the partnership kind of market value, loan balance SENCF. What would you say just dollar wise equity do you have between just personally with buddies? So this one is, its market value is 580,000. So I own a quarter of that. Mostly personally, on your own vast majority.

 

Yeah. We bought a few and I really liked the model of having all of it, if I’m going to have to deal with it. And we talked about it and I think the better plan for that partnership was to just do syndications and try to get a little bit more money and spread it out that way.

 

Yeah. But that was cool. You got them involved, right? You got them the taste of blood and I think they’re hooked right. Two of the other guys they’re just kinda like I’ll send them stuff all the time and either they have the money or they don’t but one of the guys who ironically his dad was the one that kinda got us into syndications and helped us get our foot in the door where otherwise we probably would not have, he’s really taken it and run with it and made some connections of his own.

 

And he lives in the DFW area. So we get together a lot and he has some good connections. Yeah he’s actually brought some stuff to us to look at it. Not just me reaching out to people through podcasts or different networks.  Yeah, that’s cool. Like helping those guys, your buddies out.

 

Good thing. So now we’re getting into the reasoning between why you’re transitioning. As most things like real estate go up in price, you’re paying down your mortgage and your return on equity goes down because your loan to value goes down. Maybe you talk to me about the epiphany  of you kinda realizing this, what were the options to talk to that part of the story?

 

Yeah. As you can see there, my loan devalues, let’s just say 50- 60% on those things and a lot of that’s just trapped equity that it’s hard to get a line of credit on a rental properties, at least with a few that I’ve had, it’s have to really dig deep and look for it. So I haven’t had a ton of luck with that.

 

So I’ve just had to do a full refinance on ones that make sense. But aside from having the trapped equity in there that I think I could better utilize in a syndication, get a better return with, no headache, no liability, which is another thing that we’ve really thought about. It’s nice to be able to REFI these and pull out 50 or 60,000 every few years, but who knows when that may, maybe it goes the other way or maybe I ended up having a tenant slip and fall. Who knows?

 

So the idea is just that we’re getting away from this. Yeah, the joke in  the group is, can you tell me any good freaking reason why you want to own rental properties directly? In the past, like inefficiency of equity, return equity here. Another thing that a lot of people will come to is they’re trying to get the equity out right.

 

Then they may still want to own the properties. So they look into these refinances, you’re still talking about recourse debt and another option that comes up is all in one loan. I would say stay away from those generally. That’s just what, that’s just what the lenders want you to do.

 

Cause that’s cha-ching in their pocket. But they know their options you can solve  other than just getting out of the rental property owner. Yeah, no, I looked at those, I looked at a portfolio loan and a couple of the options didn’t seem too bad, but you and I talked in the group about the issue of what if I wanted to offload one property or, within that bundle, it would be a pain.

 

And then also on some of the leaders. Yeah. So what Eric’s talking about there is like, when these lenders make a loan with multiple properties, There’ll be a caveat where like you can’t, if you take one out the cell and you can’t do that, you have to unravel the entire loan, which is incredibly impractical.

 

This is why you need to actually meet people because you see a lot of these like crappy Facebook groups that are free. And then you just see like these vendors just poaching people and just writing comments here or there. And there’s no counter argument, that I’m seeing right now, or you don’t get the real, the cons of any.

 

See people, unsophisticated investors, just going through all these in one mode. So portfolio loans, they don’t realize this impracticality at this type of stuff. Yeah. That’s exactly right. The portfolio thing seemed good on paper from a high level initial conversation, several of the people I talked to said the points were high, so the fees to do it, the fees to unravel it.

 

So basically the reason for this is I’m going to have forever manage these properties. And over time it may make sense, but I just think the liability part is something I don’t want. I don’t want the headache, the lifestyle isn’t that great because I go out of town to work for work, and I constantly find myself running by a property to look at something or do something.

 

And just not a lifestyle, whereas if I sell them and let’s say I can pull out a million and a half by selling them over the next year to two. I think that’s a better use of the money for sure. You’re not a bigger pocket bro anymore. You have kids and responsibilities now.

 

Yeah. No more. I’m not cool doing burgers or anything right now. So let’s talk about the 1031 thing. Cause I think you can’t have recently come to this. You must be saying, went through this kind of talk to us the whole like option of 10 31. So that’s all about it. Talk to me. Yeah. So we have a property just south of Austin that we used to live in.

 

It’s a nice town home. The market’s going a little crazy here. And so we would be able to sell and probably pull up 200- 250,000 or take it out of that walk away from it. And I started freaking out about the capital gains. So 1031 immediately came to my head and I started thinking about it.

 

But then I started thinking about what property am I going to buy? What am I going to do? Raw land is a small apartment complex. That’s overpriced right now and another headache and its own. I talked to some people in the group and yeah. They pointed out something. I ha I didn’t even know, because up until last year or even this year, we didn’t have any suspended losses that you can deal with.

 

Once I actually learned how that works and what would really happen based on their experience doing the same thing, it opened my eyes to not having to do a 1031 and be under the gun to find a property in forty-five days, which good luck. And then. Yeah, if you think you can find a deal in 45 days, you’re the sucker that I want to sell to me.

 

And every, going back to different podcasts or different stories, the seller knows when you’re doing a 10 31, so they have all the leverage right away. Yeah, just after learning a little bit more about that, and maybe I know you have some articles on why not to do a 10 31, and I look those over, it just makes sense.

 

That if I’m going to go into syndication and I’m going to, and I have pals built up, why would I roll it into another dumpy property and then be in the same boat? Yeah, that’s really the game changer. So what Eric’s talking about is, as you guys know, one of the reasons why we can buy real estate, as we can deduct the price of the lack of the building improvement over 27 years with all these rentals.

 

So that’s cool. But it just takes freaking forever. But with syndications, if they do a cost segregation, you can deduct a third of the property improvement in the first year. This creates a boatload of cows, passive activity, losses that you don’t need to use. It just goes suspended. But those suspended, passive losses can we use when you finally sell these properties?

 

This is what I did back in 2017, when I still thought about seven rentals that year. I had a capital gain and you also get to include the depreciation recapture too. So you add those up. I had $200,000 of that, that I had to pay taxes on, but I had some, a hundred thousand dollars of passive losses that were suspended built up that are used to offset that which indicated Texas.

 

And which negated any reason for a 1031? Yeah. Did you know how much the 80 to 85 farm or something like? Did you see how many calls you have? We haven’t completed our 2020 return yet. So in 2020, probably won’t be I take that back. We did quite a few. We bought a lot of properties in 2020, cause some crazy deals are coming up, but a lot of them are remodeled.

 

So we did have some losses and our income phases this out over the 25,000 amount, you can take each. Yeah, a hundred hundred to $150,000, which is most people in our world. Yeah. Yeah. So the last, however many years I’ve been phased out of that. So just carrying those forward, but I don’t know off the top of my head.

 

But I do know in 2021, just based on the type of deals that we’re going in and the amount that we should be able to offset all of it. Yeah. So when you guys are looking to sell properties, you guys want to see how much passive activity losses you have suspended. This should be an 80 to 85 farm.

 

Don’t quote me on that, something like that. Your CPA should have that. And unfortunately that sometimes the CP doesn’t give that to you because when they don’t like to give it to you so that they know when you start asking for it, they know you’re shopping around for a new CPA, because there’s a lot of back and calculations that come on that form.

 

It’s a complicated sheet, but basically the right question to ask is how much suspended, passive activity loss. You have built up so you can offset your capital gains patient ratio with captures of what we sell. So what was your plan like? Like you kinda know that you’re not gonna do a 10 31, but like you still did you decide, like I’m going to sell two off this year or three off this year?

 

What was the rhythm or cadence to, yeah. Yeah. It’s just the way the market is. And I was doing the math just back at map and kind of that and realizing what the cashflow is on a couple of these properties that are, in that higher market value number, how many years it would take me to get to where I could if I just sold it on the return.

 

And then if I can just put that money back to work. In various things like that, it’s just, it was just dumb, to hang on to it and take, say 200 bucks a month or whatever. Yeah. It made sense in the beginning. But as your loan devalue went down as a property appreciating you got more equity.

 

Doesn’t make sense after a while. Yeah. And every time I refinance one, there’s five or 10,000 in fees. Which still lenders, they sweep it under the rug with a higher interest rate to make it a no fee, but they’re still paying for those friction costs. Yeah. So something like that, like you understand this pretty well and you’re able to make an educated guess on this, but like you right now, the game plan is to do the passive activity losses through bonus depreciation costs.

 

At some point in the next 2022 will be the last year that you get a hundred percent bonus depreciation and then it starts to step down a little bit for the next four years. I don’t think that this is going to be open for a while. They could extend it. They, I don’t think that they will is my guess, or I don’t know.

 

I just don’t think that sweet deals like this are going to stay open for me. That’s just the way I look at it. So something for you to think about, right? Like you gotta get it while the kids are good. So are you saying maybe liquidate now while the market is also red hot in this area and people are overpaying for everything and try to roll it into deals.

 

I’m not looking for him, like in terms of yeah, it’s a great time to sell right now. Seller’s market. I don’t, I try and personally, I don’t really try and have that sway what I would do. I look at it in terms of like tax offsetting the tax. Right now, when you go into a syndication and do a cost SEG, you’re getting a lot of bonus depreciation right now in 2022 and beyond, that’s going to be going down a little bit.

 

So you’re going to get less passive activity losses from these things in the beginning. So you need to keep that in the back of your head. What I would be doing if I wanted to sell these 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, like 12 properties, what I would be doing and be trying to do half this year and then the next year, and then maybe spill over.

 

I wouldn’t be assuming it was new to every year. No, because in two to three years, you’re not going to get as much passive losses from new deals. Like I would try to front load it. And this is where it makes it hard, right? Cause we don’t know what’s going to happen. We don’t know what Congress is going to extend the bonus appreciation thing.

 

We don’t know if they might, I don’t know. Who knows they might get better. And maybe you’ll be rewarded, but I don’t know, like this is where it’s just good to talk with people and understand how things it’s a fluid situation. The thing is it’s stagnant and you have to make the best call today.

 

Based on what is unknown known as in the future in terms of taxes. Yeah. And that’s what makes it so hard. It’s just not knowing. And I don’t want to kick myself in the foot for selling too early, too late, whatever. But yeah, but I think after a while you know what Congress will do, what things, what levers they do pull.

 

Like another great example. You don’t care about this. I don’t care about this now, but like the state tax, I think it’s low right now. I don’t really know exactly what it is because I don’t care. But like sometimes it floats to 20 plus million. Sometimes it’s infinite. Like it the boy goes up a doubt for that.

 

Just one thing, same thing with this stuff. I’m assuming bonus depreciation is the same phenomenon. Yeah. I think you’re right. It changes like what you’re talking about and you get different administrations and they’re trying to appeal to different groups. And do different things.

 

Like the whole land conservation easement thing. It’s a little bit difficult nowadays. There’ll be something else. And as empty people waiting to get full confidence in it, the window’s closing on you already or something like that. Yeah, yeah, I haven’t looked at those, but I know some of the people have, some of the other people and worked out pretty well for them.

 

But personally, I haven’t really dived into that. Yeah. Yeah. But what else? What else can we talk about here? Space, other sheets. The other sheets are pretty standard. This is just my personal tracker. And I added your summary because I liked it on the first page, this is just a tracker of things that we’ve gone in on that is also yours.

 

I actually don’t do this, I don’t know. I’m just, I don’t know. It’s kind of a conflict. Yeah. Honestly, it’s like a K-1 tracker and just seeing quickly, how much are we in this year? I may want to change it up a little bit and maybe add some information about the K-12 totals and different things.

 

Yeah. This one looks like you have like your passive losses and your returns all in the same thing. I keep mine separate, but however you want to do it. Yeah. I need to clean it up a little bit. Yeah. Hell of a lot better than working with a schedule a year, running out the properties. Yeah. Believe me. Cause I have to do this and tax season comes up and have to manage all that and fight taxes every year to pain. But yeah, on the properties, I think it’s just how to strategically offload those. That’s the, if it were me like me playing you’re just I would have mowed half of them this year and you’re going into deals right.

 

You’re picking it, the passive losses where you don’t help me. Your sales are getting passive losses. Of course, I think that goes without saying, but I would really try and get rid of the other half in the next couple of years, because at that point, the bonus you’re getting is going up, your windows going to close and getting the passive losses and then just to clean things up too.

 

Because it’s a pain. I still have two rentals. It’s not occupied, but it’s just out there such a pain. We were just on a vacation and I was dealing with things that were either distracting me or causing me to have to send some emails or make a few phone calls every day because of this not even work.

 

Yeah. What else do you want? One of the things I had written down, right now I work as a project manager, mostly real estate development is what I do just for a different product. We build wind and solar projects, and I have some friends that work in real estate development and they, I enjoy real estate quite a bit.

 

It’s fun for me, it’s engaging and challenging and all that stuff. So my question is, If you had a desire down the road to be a GP in some of these deals, aside from just being a key principle or, just bringing more money to the table, would it be advantageous to maybe switch careers, try to work for some of these developers?

 

Yes. I may take a pay hit initially, I’ve seen some of the bonuses that these guys get every now and then it’s pretty crazy on, maybe a new multi-family that sells. So do you. Do you think it would be wise to have all my investments in real estate that I’m hopefully relying on in five to seven years to really start being able, just to recycle and turn over, but also have my W2 in that world.

 

My goal is to move into that GP role in five to 10 years. Yeah. So it comes down to your goals. If an operator has a good track record, Like really, what the hell did they need you for? What do you do, and it comes down to the essence of what you do for the general partnership where you can either do several things.

 

You can find the deal, which ain’t going to happen. Talking to brokers, you’re not going to break people with yellow letters and find deals that just don’t work. What the grooves say, they want to sell you on $30,000 programs. It ain’t going to happen. Could it happen perhaps? That’s why these guys make the programs the way they are. So they go find a thousand suckers to run through brick walls and one or two of those guys make it like, it’s you who gave me it’s possible, but here’s where it’s I don’t know if that’d be a good use of your time. Because you make a pretty damn good salary as it is.

 

Yeah. And it’s a good industry to be in right now in general, signing on debt, being a key principle or putting money down on hard money. That’s another option, right? But you’d really need a net worth of over 3 million to make more sense to do that. And you’ll get there. They want to do that in the future.

 

Signing your name, on some loans could pick you up substantial money. You know what I mean? It’s essentially money, 30 to a hundred grand possibly. Just for doing that. But it’s all equity. The other things that generally. Get used in a general partnership if you are doing work right?

 

So are you putting in sweat equity and this possibly you might be able to do, but then you ask the question. If you’re investing with a reputable operator, they should have all these systems and teams in place. What the heck do they need you for? Like the only people that want sweat equity from people are people.

 

I haven’t got a track record together. And you’re not coming on the ground floor. And that kind of, maybe I put the question back at you. Are you coming? Are you okay? Working with somebody who was in startup mode that could very well flounder. If that’s the case, then you have a shot, but if you’re working with somebody reputable you don’t need cooks.

 

And the kid cooks more in the kitchen. Yeah. And that makes the concern that you would have to start at the bottom and either work your way up and then start over, or you have to go to a risky startup that you’re putting a lot of trust in. And, but let’s just go with that one, you’re like, all right. I like doing this stuff. It is fun to me. I like this cowboy type of attitude. I want to see what I can do. Then it comes down to. All right. Make sure you don’t sign on debt for number one. Hey, don’t put your whole family’s estate on the line, but is it, then you look at your salary, right?

 

Like what you’re doing right now, is it that hard? Is it worth you making three, four times this 10 years down the road? I don’t know. And then that, and then I, as your family office guy is going to ask you, amen. Which we’re going to get you the four and a half million dollars that kind of, that upended me off the finish line, I guess we’re going to get you there.

 

And, by the time you’re 45-50. Do you want more? Yeah. I dunno. Go into my current job and if I like it, I probably work 35- 40 hours a week. And then I have some weeks where honestly, there’s just not much going on. And I work from home, freedom to travel, work from vacation kind of thing.

 

Cush job, to be honest. So it is hard to leave. Maybe the better play there is just to roll with it and find ways to either increase my income in other ways. Maybe different businesses that my wife and I, since she’s really into that, starting those up and just keep rolling this money in offload these assets, that’ll free uptake.

 

Just the same, I don’t know, a million dollars. And just keep going and on good deals with good operators and then look up in five or 10 years and beat it at that mark. Yeah. And get to that mark. And you don’t need to go find operators. You can just do like an IUL type of product and put it into an incredibly brain dead mode and cash flow.

 

And I don’t know those, the reason why you got here is not because you have that attitude that you want to coast, but like you can coast. And I know it goes against everything. Everybody’s told you, everybody’s telling you, you need to work harder to get to the next person.

 

But like I’m telling you, you’re going to get to a point where it doesn’t matter if you have four and a half million dollars or $10 million net worth, it doesn’t matter. But I think that’s where the fulfillment piece comes in. Like maybe you can carve to start to think about this and what do you guys really want to do for the last 30 years, 40 years?

 

Yeah. And whenever we go out to dinner, my wife and I, and we were talking non-business even though we somehow circumvent back to that circle back to it, but yeah, exactly. Of course. And we find ourselves thinking about what we are doing all this for? Why are we dealing with rentals?

 

And, Starting a business to try and make a little money kind of thing. And it comes back to, we don’t need that 10 or $20 million net worth at the end. We just don’t want to have to worry about things, if we want to go to Europe for a couple of months and hang out, we can do that. And eventually our kids are gonna get older and move out and they’ll be fine.

 

So what are we going to do with our net worth in 10 or 15 years? I think the answer is yes. Whatever we want right or fulfills us at that time. Some guys have a 503C kind of thing they want to do or whatever, and maybe that’s down the road. But I think right now it’s just having options on the table and not being forced to like golden handcuffs and work for a W2.

 

And this is all uncharted territory. Most people spend their whole life to get to one and a half million dollars that they get there. And there, it’s game over already. They’re already old. It seems really morbid, but there really isn’t a life after you achieved that number that you’re looking for, which you’re already there for.

 

So you better start thinking about it. Yeah. You hit on it earlier. Relax, go enjoy yourself. Go by that Ford Raptor you want? Yeah, I did order something. Yeah. Very cool. Thanks. Enjoy it a little bit or otherwise, what’s it all worth and or why do it, why are we putting ourselves through second?

 

Heartache and stress sometimes if we’re not going to cut out, enjoy the fruits of your labor. Yeah. And you’ve got a couple of kids and from what I notice not notice, but statistically 90% of wealth needs the families right. In two to three generations. And maybe it’s because most of the time people are putting their pedals to bed, 50-60 years old, then they get to one and a half million dollars and they don’t have time to teach the next generation. The next generation has already gotten through the college educated system and they haven’t taught, how do they build wealth? You have an opportunity to actually teach the next generation because you have the bandwidth to do it.

 

Yeah. And that’s important to us, my wife, I mentioned she was a teacher and she realized after a few years in that system, after spending four years of school to go be a teacher, she was going to be working. Forever for $50,000 a year. It was crazy and no matter how good she was or not, she just worked, there was a lot of negativity with all the other teachers that she worked with about not liking their job.

 

And the older ones were burned out, just trying to get to that 20 year retirement mark. And it was kinda sad, honestly. I don’t want our kids to think, go to school to be a teacher because my grandma was a teacher who went to school to do something right. Yeah, you enjoy it, but also you can utilize it to build your own wealth, right?

 

Yeah. Maybe it’s maybe it’s like a thing of, like they say, you’re never in balance. You’re always out of balance. You’re just focusing on different time things at different periods. You already buckled down in your twenties and thirties. I’m getting this net worth thing.

 

Maybe take us a step back to a season in life where you focus on teaching the next generation, which you can always come back to. If you ever wanted to do that GP thing in the future, or make some kind of more lifestyle business or something that’s fun. And I think that’s what I’m getting at.

 

There’s everybody, there’s something that resonates with somebody like that you want to do, maybe you’d make a dog farm or something like that. I don’t know. Or like a farm. No honey company, I don’t know. There’s something that you’d like to do or like the wine tours or, yeah, no, that’s a pretty fun business.

 

We get to go right off drinking wine all over the place, so it’s not too bad. But yeah, there’s definitely things out there that I would just enjoy. They just don’t bring in the salary, down the road or not even down the road, but shortly I’ve, we’ve talked about just selling some of these properties.

 

A little bit of money and just leaving my job. Because I can always go back and work in renewable energy and do what I do. I don’t think I’ll have a problem with that. You can run hers from anywhere. Cause she has employees that kind of run it. She only works five or 10 hours a week and just takes the kids five, six years old and go spend six months overseas or whatever, and just hang out with them and enjoy that time.

 

I think we’ll be able to do it. Like you said, offloading some of these assets that we’ve worked hard to acquire to low cost spaces that we’ve gotten fortunate on appreciation and investing it wisely. Don’t just put it in your bank account. Do you have any models that have a net worth of four to 10 million that you feel have gotten it?

 

Because I don’t. And I think the people who are very visible are the people that are like those serial entrepreneurs that just keep going more and more. It’s the quiet people that kind of got off the freeway. Yeah, no. Like you said, the ones that you see are the loud ones that are making all the headlines or whatever, every now and then I’ll run across somebody, whether it’s a landowner that I deal with on a project who 56 years old made a few smart moves when they were younger.

 

And I’m trying to catch them in between fishing trips or vacations, and they’re just joined life. But the people we know. The people we buy these apartments from they’re typically in the 10, $20 million plus range. And they’re the one dying with the property on their deathbed. As they sign up for the paper.

 

What I’ve learned is I don’t want to be in that position. Yeah. It seems like a few of them, whenever we’re talking about who the sellers are, it’s a widow or widower and they’re just offloading it and, they, and they’ve worked to manage it on their own, painting walls or whatever they’re doing for the last week.

 

It’s always the widow, like the wife right back then. And that’s why my list is like, at some point. Stop investing at deals that just go completely passive, like an IUL product. Cause I empathize like they’re panicking, right? Their husband who ran the whole business, the real estate apartment is gone.

 

They’re just confused. You don’t know what to do. Because they’re rich, but they can’t get it out. They don’t know what to do. Yeah. That’s a scary thing. Yeah, no. Yeah. Yeah. Aside from really getting in the weeds on financials and everything. We like podcasts that talk more about philosophical things and banking and books over kind of stoicism and things like that.

 

Cause it kinda opens your eyes to there’s more than just trying to just continually make money for whatever reason. You don’t know why, but you’re just trying to increase your bank account. So yeah, you don’t want to be at the end of your life and thinking about it. I wish I had gotten to 50 million instead of my 40 million, But that’s where it’s hard because since I’ve been 18 working all the time the goal is to get there.

 

And then when you start getting on this cruise control, like we were talking about it the other day is things are easy right now, honestly, we’re rolling into apartment deals and yes, none of them have gone full cycle yet, but I have faith in the people that we’ve given the money to, that they will.

 

And jobs are going well. We go on vacations when we want to. So things are going pretty smooth. It’s nice. Yeah. Cool. Any other last pondering questions you want to talk about? Or a good, no, I wrote some stuff down, but I think we covered it, yeah. Just thinking about how to offload these properties and hopefully, it might be a little bit of a headache for a couple years, but.

 

Planning ahead, like we talked about, and then hopefully I don’t get in a situation where I have, I don’t think there will be a lack of deals coming around. That’s one of the things that made me a little nervous is deal flow, but I think. I think there will be plenty of opportunities.

 

They seem to come up once you start networking, and that’s how I met you. I think I heard you on a podcast or, and then a couple others. And I just finally got to the point where I would email you guys and say, Hey, what’s up? I’m interested in learning about what you do and going towards that passive side.

 

And then honestly, everyone, I reached out to the three or four people that we’ve invested with who have all been really cool and No, it wasn’t just there’s some imaginary person on a podcast kind of thing. Have you guys done the IBC stuff infinite  banking? Yeah. So I set mine up with a guardian and I did it. It’s a 50,000 policy and I already use it. I took a loan out against it shortly after and when I’m on a deal and then I repaid it whenever we had some money coming in from something else.

 

So yeah, I had it set up and rolling, and then I’m doing a HELOC on my primary. Cool. So what I would, how long have you been doing that? Thus far? Yeah. Four or five months. Okay. Okay. Okay. Yeah, maybe in the next year or two especially before you leave your day job, right? Because that’s what they’re insuring and enshrining or salary.

 

We’ll Maxwell, max up things out, try and get up to 200, 250,000 a year. So just open new policies, you mean? Yeah. Layer them on top of each other. You’re still in the beginning, so you’re getting used to what the heck 50,000 is, feels like for a year. Same thing I did when I first started, but I would just go big with that.

 

It’ll be so nice to have a million dollars in equity. Yeah, no, it’s it took me a little bit to wrap my head around, I’ve heard it on people talk about it and I was dumb and not doing it earlier, but yeah, now that I wrap my head around the simple interest part in the loan. Yeah.

 

It’s super easy and it’s pretty sweet. Yeah. I’m looking at doing one for my wife, but one question since she does not have a duty to how do they qualify income? Just federal tax. My wife’s a teacher too. So that’s the thing you get to maybe talk about offline, but technically it’s supposed to like, it’s supposed to be on like your salary, right?

 

So no more salary cannot do it. This is One of the common questions we get from like these hackers, they’re always trying to optimize a situation. Oh, I’m gonna get all my kids because they’re younger. Or the cost of insurance. I’m like, yeah, it’s going to be cheaper, but you can’t get Jack from it.

 

Because they don’t make any salary. And it’s kinda like that whole it’s like a clickbait YouTube videos oh, you can pay your kids. They don’t have to pay taxes. You can only pay them like four grand. Who cares? Who cares? If you save 20% of four grand, it’s nothing.

 

Yeah. Yeah. But you gotta look at the limits on there’s different auditing, but yeah. Talk to you, talk to the IBC guy that we got and then, but it gets yours first, right? And up yours to two 50 per year, then worry about your wife. But I don’t know. I argue that maybe once you fill up yours, you don’t even eat one.

 

Yeah. Yeah. So tell me the logic behind that. Cause I’ve expressed that to her that we didn’t really need it for her. Cause if something were to happen to her we’d be fine. You’ll be fine. You’ll be okay. Other than the pure fact that if she passed away, you would need some, have some money to, John, your sorrow and tears.

 

You’ll be fine. So I wouldn’t, you don’t really eat that in my opinion, unless you want that. That’d be the only reason why you’d want to put it on. Yeah. And that’s what that was. My thing only happens to me, and if people listening right now think that’s not right.

 

You’re missing the whole point in his infinite banking thing. It’s not for death payout or doing it for the liquidity part of this. Yeah, no, that’s true. Just to, yeah, not for that benefit. It’s just a perk. I used to sell it on it. Yeah. Whatever you gotta do, but if that’s, if you want that death payout, if something happened to her.

 

Get term-life on her, in my opinion, just to keep things. So I keep it simple, right? I have two policies for myself and I’m like just two log-ins and then sick to have a third one. It’s kind of a pain, and if you did two 50 for five, six years, you already have a million dollars of liquidity in there.

 

Shoot. Do you think you are more right? I think, and I talk about this bucket system, right? Like you’ve already filled up a few bucks. Now the next bucket is this infinite banking. Once you get like a million dollars in that thing, that’s when we start to talk about the IUL type product. And I’m sure we’ll talk in person about this and other, we have other people going down this path too, but I haven’t really figured out the feel for it. It depends on again, what your goals are, right. If all you want is two and a half million dollars. And then you want to put it in cruise control.

 

Cool with you. But we may have somebody in the group that wants $7 million net worth. Then they go to priest’s control. So two differences, it depends what your goals are and when you want to get off the freeway, yeah. Yeah. Yeah. I realize this very early on that, like my spouse does not care one bit about anything I do one bit.

 

It’s just. I like wondering what the little baby should wear. I honestly don’t care. So like amplifiers, right? What things should we get? I don’t care. I don’t mean I care, but I don’t, I’m not the person who asks, we delegate things. We’re not like one of those families.

 

Yeah. We’re the same way. Yeah. She handles a lot of the stuff like that. And then I handle all the bills, finances, all that fun stuff. So I thought hard about this. And I was like if I died, maybe I would have her talk to certain people like yourself. And Even if she did talk to you for an hour and talk to 20 other people that I trust, you’re not going to get it, she’s not going to get it.

 

That’s not her thing. She’s not like that. So how do we set her up? So she doesn’t fail. And to me, there’s no way that they’re going to be able to decide, oh, should I go a hundred grand into this deal with this person? It seems simple because we live and breathe it. But for somebody coming in and coal, it’s very difficult and we have some people in the group.

 

They have no background in real estate investing and they don’t need to, but they need to have at least the interests, which is what makes them start to learn. But if you have no interests, then that’s what the IUL products are for. Yeah. And that goes back to rental properties. What am I going to do with those?

 

When I’m 70 years old and have to say, I never went down this passive role path and I have a hundred Reynolds and then something happens to me. You have two older ones. If my kids have no interest in it, they’re just wasting away. And then, yeah, that’s the worst. Whereas what you’re talking about, she doesn’t have to deal with that stress.

 

It’s a login to life policy, whatever, everything’s taken care of. I think she has an interest in real estate. She likes seeing, but she has no idea. And whenever I tell her, Hey, we’re going to go in on this deal. And Alabama, she’s oh, cool. That’s it. Yeah. That’s all.

 

So she probably doesn’t have an interest in it. She just, I want to make it easier for her and not set up something that’s complicated to unravel and do down the road whenever either something happens or we just don’t want to do it. Yeah. Yeah. But to get it to that point, you make less yield when you get it to that IUL point.

 

So you have to squeeze it to get to that number. You get there. But, going back to the IBC is one cool thing. I realized I never realized whenever I hear people talk about this two 50, $250,000 policy, a hundred thousand that, you can pay that in a rears on your rider, you can catch up, which is what really sold me on it.

 

After talking to the person who sent mine. It yeah. Cause you, you freak out, right? Because you’re like, oh shit. What if I can’t make my two 15’s? Yeah. But yeah, some of them are, yeah. Some of them are more flexible than others. That’s why I like this guardian one because it’s one year off, you can skip a year in a way.

 

Yeah. Yeah. That’s what I like. That’s why at first I was like, I’m going to do 15,000, 20,000, that’s safe. But then I was talking to some others in the group. Yeah. It wasn’t like they were selling me on it. They just told me what they’re doing and why it made a lot of sense.

 

And it depends who you are if you’re just a salary guy, then it’s one thing. But if you’re a salary guy plus performance bonus or your business entrepreneur  then it’s a different thing. For those people, I would say go with the bigger one because you’re going to right size it up into it.

 

You set a goal and you’re going to hit it. Yeah  other than that, man, things are going good. IBCs, they’re getting out of the mentality that I need to retire by accumulating 50 rental properties and dealing with C class tenants all over the place. Changing the mindset of going more towards lifestyle than just hustle. Yeah, we wrapped it up here. If you guys liked this and you guys want to do a free call.

 

You gotta put you on YouTube land and the podcast. I don’t know, maybe you guys like that, but let me know where I was looking for some folks. Cause it seems like you guys like these types of things, cause there’s always, you see the path based on net worth where people are in a journey and you know this is a step ahead of you. But yeah thanks for listening guys. Check out the website. We have all these guides. I think the one that would pertain to this would be simplepassivecashflow.com/banking for the IBC stuff, and then simplepassivecashflow.com/syndication for the syndication stuff.  Okay guys, we’ll see you guys next time. Thanks Lane.

 

Coaching Call – Accredited Investor/Pilot | Military Retirement | Infinite Banking

https://youtu.be/MZ1DgLlqugE

Now, today’s podcast. We’re going to be doing a coaching call with an accredited investor. These guys seem to always, really like these because everybody we’re all the same at the table. All good savers work hard. Pay too much taxes and I want to get financial freedom safer and easier. If you guys want to sign up for the next one and kind of put yourself out there, we can make a fake name for you.

 

We don’t have to use your profile picture video. Go ahead and join our club@simplepassivecashflow.com/club complete the quick one minute form. So we know you’re a real person out there because we’d like to know who’s out there on the other end. And reach out, send the team an email at team@simplepassivecashflow.com and volunteer yourself.

 

And at least we’ll send you the personal financial sheet worksheet so you can outline your entire personal financial world on that sheet. Before we get going, I just want to thank everybody for buying the book, leaving a review, my book, The Journey to Simple Passive Cashflow on Amazon, or becoming an Amazon bestseller.

 

First week it came out, thank you all for going there and grabbing it. If you haven’t yet, please check it out. Please leave a nice review and I’ll finally make my parents proud that they know that they raised the author since they don’t know what the heck I do these days, that I’m not engineering things anymore.

 

But anyway, if you just for you podcast listeners, if you guys want to get a free electronic copy. Or better yet I sat down and I read the entire freaking book and I did it in every chapter and I interjected some extra things in there for you guys to serve a special edition. If you want to get that, it’s free at simplepassivecashflow.com/book. If you have any friends, feel free to share the link to it’s a podcast exclusive. Thanks again, join the club and here’s the show.

 

Hey, simple passive cashflow listeners. Today. We have another coaching call with an accredited investor, Nick, who is going to be talking a lot about a lot of things. Maybe taking money out of his retirement account. We’ll start digging into it.  If you guys haven’t checked out, the website has a lot of resources on there for free.

 

Turnkey buyers syndication investors and I think one thing that’s going to be pertinent today is, are probably gonna be talking about retirement funds and what to do with that. Maybe it’s not even an option for you. Check out the info page at simplepassivecashflow.com/QRP for all my thoughts and ideas regarding that subject.

 

Hey Nick,  Thanks for jumping on. Why don’t  you give people a little bit of context for yourself as a kind of scroll down your personal financial sheet. If those are listening to the podcast, you can check this out on the YouTube channel too. Hey Lane. Thanks for having me on. A little bit about myself.

 

I’m a straight W2 worker. I’m an airline pilot. But also part-time, I’m in the military and international guard. So I’m making most of my money, just the hard way trading time for money.  So a little bit about myself, my family married, I’ve got three young kids. So that’s taken a lot of my time and trying to figure out how I can realize my investing goals and plans for retirement while not completely ignoring her nor my kids.

 

It’s a pretty big factor for me. And when I’m trying to figure out what to do next for my investments. Tell us a little bit about the military. Like what’s your path out of that? I think there’s a lot of military investing podcasts out there at platforms, a lot of those are for the enlisted dudes.

 

The guys whose network is under a hundred, $200,000, but you move the officer route in your definitely years outside of the military. Maybe talk about the path and where you came today because you also have a civilian job too. Yeah. So I’m a little bit different  so my dad was enlisted.

 

I actually did a direct commission to become an air force pilot. And so I spent 12 years in the active duty air force.  Just flying around the world and traveling, living all over the mainland and in Hawaii spent a lot of time overseas and in Germany, in Afghanistan.

 

So I was able to build up a little bit of my net worth just because I was on the road a lot of my pay was Tax-free which is nice. And that’s one of the big advantages that our military has. It’s a way for the government to limit the retirement pay that we receive.

 

So they classify some of our benefits, and that we get paid as a housing allowance or. A cost of living allowance or allowance for sustenance. Essentially what that does, is it classifies a good chunk? Sometimes when we live in high cost of living areas, sometimes that costs our pay is maybe 40% tax-free, which is huge.

 

It really lowers our AGI. But the reason why they do that is because when they pay us our retirement they pay us a percentage based on our base pay. And they don’t want to pay certain people or hire certain service members higher amounts just because they live in a high cost of living area such as California or Hawaii and so on.

 

So I built and I just visited. Just as an officer through 12 years of active duty. And then I realized that I was just working way too much. And the air national guard was a way for me to continue my service to not, I’m gonna say throw away, but to lose all my years of active duty service but keep them and keep building on them to build toward 20 years and qualify for a military retirement.

 

So I made that change at the 12 year point. Joined the airlines because it offered a much better quality of life. It’s a pretty common path for military pilots. When they see the light, they see this job that offers half the month off or more for a lot more pay and a lot less headache because you don’t have to deal with the bureaucracy and management in the airlines.

 

So a lot of guys in my shoes make that jump.  But they still stay in like reserve status, or international guard. I hate to sound like a commercial, but it’s nice for guardsmen. We can jump back in, do our service once a month and two weeks a year and still keep accumulating points towards retirement.

 

And then in my situation, it’s nice that when there’s an economic downturn in my civilian job, Might not be doing well. It might be threatening for a Lowe’s or, and other industries might be layoffs. Having the military as a fallback is nice because I can work full time.

 

And in certain situations when there’s opportunities available and can replace my income, if I get, if I take a hit on the civilian side, I’ve heard that the big perk of doing that is like, The military will pay for your kid’s college or something like that too? Or is that, is there something like that for sure?

 

Yeah. It’s called the post 9/11 GI bill. And you have to do, I want to say six years of service or something like that in the military. And they’ll give four years of college for you or when you can give it to your spouse, you can give it to your kids. You can spread it.

 

Between multiple kids. That’s what I’ve done.  And it’s, if you’re doing in-state, it’s really nice in-state school. If you’re doing a private institution, it’s huge because they’re, they cover the entire amount if you’re going to NYU or something like that, but they can offer, they can cover a big chunk, but they also cover a housing allowance basically a classified and the, you get the same rate as a.

 

Staff Sergeant a mid man enlisted Amber would get a housing allowance while you’re going to school. So in high cost of living areas like the West coast, you can really squeeze out a lot of benefit from the GI bill. So it’s definitely something that a lot of guys sign up for, at least on the endless side to get that free college.

 

 Is that kind of what makes up, like why you still stay in it? Cause it’s kinda mind numbing work, right? Yeah. I mean it’s so the carrot at the end is probably the easy answer. Yeah, I want that 20 year retirement because it’s a pension guaranteed by the US government.

 

And if I am certain, if you do 20 years of active service all at once you can start collecting immediately. So some of my active duty friends can start collecting maybe at 38 and then they can start a whole new career while they’re receiving a multi thousand dollar pension every month. But there’s a lot of yeah.

 

In satisfaction in inservice and doing something for the country and doing something for the community. And in my case, being in the air national guard, if there’s a disaster and natural disaster or something like that, the international guard is, who gets called first. And then,  a lot of times, when something bad happens in your community, you want to help out and you want to do something.

 

If you’re a cop, if you’re a policeman or a fireman, you’re going to be on the front lines and helping out. But a lot of people, they don’t have a way to contribute rather than donate to the red cross. If you’re an air national guard, the national guard, army national guard, you’re gonna be called up,  almost guaranteed.

 

And you’re going to be doing something to help the community, to alleviate the pain and suffering that’s going on. So I think that has a lot to do with it. I get an opportunity to leave to  help out my unit and help out fellow airmen and there’s a lot of gratification that comes with that that I don’t get in the civilian job where if I’m flying my airline, I just show up. And it’s like driving the bus where I just go and enjoy my time off and go work out, eat good food at informed places, there’s not much. So it was just the balance, trying to, not, have a lot of gratification from your employment, but not get burned out and, want to pull your hair out cause you’re coming out crazy from the pace of the work demands.

 

I think you got to get that you got two jobs and if one goes down, you’re diversified both ways. So let’s dig into the numbers here, your net worth brought a million bucks, essentially an accredited investor  salary and wages about 15,000 a month. W what does your spouse do? Which is that, or is that primarily you. Yeah, that’s all for me. My wife used to work a little bit when she could but due to COVID, she’s not really, she’s not doing anything.

 

I would like her to work at some point, but my kids are, my youngest is three. They’re just a handful trying to chase them all around with all their activities. There’s not a lot of free time. For her and my job’s pretty demanding, so it’s nice that my wife can just stay home and take care of the household and make sure that the ship is running right.

 

And everyone’s on time to where they need to be considered. Go ahead. Which is actually like an ideal strategy for if you ever wanted to do real estate professional status too. But what is her capacity for earning? What if she were to go back to a full-time day job? Where was she?  She’s been out of the workforce for a long time.

 

So it would be hard for her to jump in and make a large salary. And then that’s why we just focused on it. Me as the breadwinner, they, and she’ll just not just, but it’s a huge job at home to take care of the kids, but who had a division of labor, as you would say it for now while the kids are young when the kids are in school, when they’re all in school, we’ve talked about looking at.

 

Maybe doing real estate professional status, trying to figure out if we can pick up some rental property to manage and to  realize the unlock, all those passive losses. But I think we’re still a couple of years down that route. And I just don’t, I don’t think I could make quite enough money to make it work worth the squeeze.

 

As far as annual income, I think I will,  in a couple years. So the timing might just work out where I’ll be in a couple of years, I’ll be in a high enough tax bracket where I can use real estate professional status. And then my wife might have the time and bandwidth to take on some of that work outside the home.

 

Yeah. So let’s unpack that for folks. Nick’s kinda got a good handle on the as, as soon as he says that, his spouse doesn’t stay at home, doesn’t make as much money as him, which is, I dunno, I see path half. I see. Sometimes it’s two doctors and it’s Oh goodness, like neither you’d need to just go to work.

 

Or you make so much that you guys just have to go to work. But in these situations it’s a little lopsided.  You start thinking, Hey, maybe one of you guys can be a real estate professional. Of course they’re going to need a, you can’t have a full-time job. You’ve got to have 750 hours of active participation and there’s some fine print in there. Obviously, what that allows you to do is take your passive activity losses that you get via bonus depreciation from some of these larger deals and offset that ordinary income category.

 

But as Nick is keen to acknowledge they make about a hundred and, under 200 grand a year AGI wise, it really is. As we say in Hawaii, it’s Poho. It doesn’t make too much sense unless their AGI was maybe a little higher over 300, $350,000. Cause that’s when you really get that savings tax savings by bringing that lower.

 

Bringing your AGI lower, but right now, they don’t pay too much taxes. They’re not in the danger zone or the red zone for taxes. So it is an art form, and these tax brackets changed throughout the years. And I guess, Nick, how would your income go up? You would increase the civilian islet.

 

Yeah, it’s essentially another point on my taxes with the military. We have the FCRA service Service members, civil relief act or something like that. I can’t remember what it stands for a CRA, but it allows military members to retain their state of residence that they had before or their permanent, what they plan to have as a state of residence.

 

Independent of whatever, wherever they’re working on, full-time active duty with porters, which I’m on right now. There’s a couple of States out there that don’t charge state income tax. So it’s a nice advantage for military members to obtain Residency in one of those States and not have to pay state income tax.

 

So I got that benefit there, but talking about the pers perspective increase in pay, but do with the S the airline industry. For pilots, we just get paid on a negotiated scale or whatever the union MDC can get from the company. And so we know what we’re going to get paid based on what plane that we fly and what the position, whether we’re in the captain or first officer seat.

 

And if we just assume normal growth of the industry and. Those pilots have to retire at age 65. It’s mandated by the FAA, the government.  There’s going to be movement ahead of me. And we’re also, I didn’t bring it up. Sorry that we are. Seat position and airplane that we fly in is determined by our seniority, which is strictly by date of hire.

 

And we move up in seniority as people at the top retire or get medically disqualified or leave for whatever reason. And so I can project, in a couple years I should be able to be. Move up to a captain seat, captain position and where my pay PayScale will increase dramatically.

 

Because it’s like that, essentially that first officer makes like half of what the captain makes. Not exactly, but just, for round numbers, it’s like that or lives at stake, essentially, right? Yeah. Bigger claims more lives. So let me, before I forget you mentioned the, I think the thing where you can go so on military orders, I think it also applies to civilians working for the government overseas.

 

We actually have another guy in the family office, a Honda mastermind that you’re also a part of sh remind me to connect you guys, but. I think that’s what they do. And they’ve made their residents to be in Washington or something like that is what they conveniently selected. Washington has no state tax.

 

Yeah, you guys should probably put your guys’ heads together on that. I don’t know where you would want to live either Florida or Washington, those are the one of the ideal States I would think. But  yeah, I know a lot of people that are Washington residents for sure. Yeah, I don’t work for the government, but yeah.

 

Yeah. Something, yeah. Remind me again. I’ll make that connection for you. A lot of cool stuff in the film that people are doing, or you might have to buy a house up there, just buy a crappy house. I think that’s what they did, but it’s worth it right to shelter. The state taxes. Yeah, whatever we can do and not pay taxes the legal way.

 

I’m all for it. Yeah. So if your income does double, that’ll put you in over $330,000 AGI. So then that would definitely bring the real estate professional status into play potentially.  Living in Hawaii, maybe do a short term rental, something that’s fun. Start to get, I just planted the seeds now because a lot of this takes years to really implement.

 

Especially, if you’re doing like a short-term rental, you guys aren’t going to do it right away and you’re not going to do it. It’s gotta be your spouse’s project. So maybe start thinking of the fun idea, having a rental property now that you guys actively manage  could be fun. They would like it.

 

And I think maybe it shows the kids like, look, people are paying us to live here. It’s like the feedback loop is a lot better than. Boring rentals or syndication deals where you get paid on a quarterly roll up. They don’t really, kids don’t understand that type of stuff  but they understand when that Ching sound comes on the app, that’s money in the bank in a week.

 

 So just some thoughts there and then living expenses. Is this what people and kids spend a month? It was, yeah. It adds up on all the kids’ activities and they need stuff. And he, new shoes are really growing. I feel like you buy it, you buy something and next month it doesn’t fit them anymore.

 

 Yeah. What do you guys pay for rent? Like our housing for it 4,000 which is kinda high, but here we get a lot of benefits. Yeah. And you guys, I want to highlight you guys’ rent, right? These are the guys doing it the right way. Tell us a little bit like how you did that before we met. I think, yeah.

 

I, and I had this discussion a lot with my friends who they know I live in a nice area close to. Close to the ocean. I’m paying for having that quality of life the way I see it. And they questioned Oh, why don’t you buy Y like you’re throwing so much money away and rent, and then I just respond, Hey, do the numbers like, look at what.

 

You know how much you’re paying in your mortgage and, including maintenance, CapEx includes all the utilities. I’ll include all the little things they have to pay for if you’re paying for yard, service, bug service, that just everything. And the time you have to also count for the time that you have to spend, if something breaks that you gotta deal with finding a contractor or fixing it yourself.

 

And I do the math all the time and try to compare it like, okay, I can buy a place and spend all this money, or I can rent. And because where I live, everybody wants to own, and we’re willing to pay for and pay the astronomical prices.  The rents are cheap because there’s a lot of people that have these houses and sometimes they just buy them to lock up capital I’m guessing and, they’re fine with just making the appreciation in the long run.

 

They don’t care if they’re losing money on it. The rents are pretty low. To live in the same house, same area and own, I think I would have to pay, comparing all expenses, I would have to pay thousands of dollars more per month.

 

And so I just, it’s just not to mention the quarter million dollar down payment. That you got to lock down. Yeah. Just last year I had a fridge that went out and an oven, a range that went out and there in Kobe, you couldn’t find them. I went to the appliance store, one of the appliance stores to see what they had because our landlord let us pick out the replacement and they had two in stock and they were like that.

 

The high end, 4,000 or not 4,000 early things, but $2,500 model ones. And you’re just like, man, this is nuts. But I didn’t have to deal with it. I was like, Hey, this is all I see. And, let me know what you find. And they’re probably like, don’t Sue me, Nick, you don’t have a refrigerator.  That’s exactly what it is, right? People. For, from them, from the lay person, what kind of idiot? Rents? People like you and me, right? That’s why we get such a good deal on it. And then the quarter quantifies the quarter million dollars sitting there as debt equity.

 

But it’s not a, but it’s not hard, it’s not, I’m not saying I’m going to rent forever. If it flips and it’s Cheaper to own then I’m going to go buy a house, tomorrow  I don’t, I’m not tied to, I’m not married to a certain strategy, rent or own I’ll do whatever makes more sense.

 

What will save me money in the long run, and then maybe at some point I’ll decide, I want some stability. I don’t want to, I don’t want to move in, because my landlords. Decide to sell or whatever I made, maybe I’ll buy, but hopefully I’ll be in a much better position where I won’t care about making as much money anymore.

 

Yeah. I think you get to that. You just get used to it. And you enjoy the freedom. If your landlord makes you move well, you just pay a couple thousand dollars to get Island movers to move your stuff for you. And you go on a little vacation, come back and here you’re in a brand new place that you don’t have to upkeep again.

 

 But I’ve thought about that. When do you, when the heck do you buy, right?  I don’t know, maybe in Hawaii, how the quality of houses, don’t really,  there’s a big gap between $1.5 million and below and something a lot bigger and nicer.  I’m more of that delayed gratification type of guy.

 

And just, if I’m gonna buy a house, I’m gonna buy something like 400. Formula and above do something like that. And as a means to just lock up the equity, once I max out my infinite banking thing, but that’s a while from now, I think, definitely.  I’m not a good, hard and fast rule guy, but I think people shouldn’t buy their house until their net worth is really into a few million dollars.

 

Which is crazy, right? Because most of your neighbors, their net worth is barely a quarter million, but they own 1.1, $1.5 million houses within what they’re doing out there. Yeah. I also think people’s needs change too. What you want might be different 10 years from now, right? More people live in your house right here.

 

Exactly. And maybe you want to send them to school somewhere else or get them into another school district. You have the ability to move around, maybe have to,  something I’ve thought about. I was like, why not have houses that you rent one near their school? One? I don’t know. Just, these are the ideas that you have when you think outside the box, you’re going to have to spend all your time commuting.

 

It’s especially with a short-term rental option where you can make the house, do something for you and while you’re not in it. There you go. Buy that house in Honolulu that you live in and then work it out on the weekend. They don’t guarantee a middle run out guarantee. Yeah. And then you can justify having somebody clean the house for you two times a week with you with that, your house cleaner.

 

That’s actually not a bad idea. Looks crazy. A lot of crazy families, but all right, so let’s dig in so I’m going to go into your liquidity and kind of the goal of this exercise is like, all right, what, where are we going to invest first? Or what you’ve already been investing in syndication deals, but where’s the next money coming from?

 

This is the deployment plan.  Maybe take, you’ve probably got a good idea. What was your plan of attack here? You got about 180 in liquidity. Some, a lot of checking most in the cryptos stable coin accounts. You’ve got some. Retirement plans, Roth IRAs 401ks five 29 is about 370 in there.  But yeah, so if one or two deals come up, where are you going to take the money from?

 

What’s your plan? So the easy way is just take it out of the, some of the checking. Some I haven’t checked in. Obviously I have to keep some of it just for living expenses. What is your what’s your how much do you want to keep in the checking just as your emergency fund?

 

Probably about 25,000, just to cover, cause I’m not worried about not having money. It’s more, I just don’t want to, I got everything automated, so I don’t want to check the balance because they just. Cool too much money. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah, it’s very common, right?

 

We all got this stuff automated. So when it messes up, it’s a huge freaking train wreck. And not now you’ve got five, like NSF fees piling up and you don’t know who to call first to ask for forgiveness. Yeah, I get you. Yeah. Most, I don’t know what your guys’ credit card bills are, but. I have a lot of business expenses.

 

So mine sometimes can be like 20 grand or more a month, but I’m all I play the points game. Ops and I haven’t done it in a little while, but I’ll sign up for credit cards and get the bonus offer and rack up 50 to a hundred thousand points for airline miles or whatever, and then turn the next card.

 

I just don’t have any time to do it right now, but I’ve done that before, but not now, but I’ve gotten to the point now where if I buy anything, I want to use a credit card because I want to get the points because it’s free money. I know I’m going to pay down all the balances every month.

 

And I get so much protection from the credit card issuer as far as extended warranties and the charged record section in case I get ripped off. So  I try not to use cash for anything. The 2%, at least the double cash cards or I use the American express one’s for 2% and then the 5% swans for gas groceries, those categories.

 

Yeah, you’re like a lot of us in our group. We kinda, it’s fun in a way. It is a little bit of a waste of time.  I’m sure you probably draw the line at the manufacturer spend level, right? You’re not buying $10,000 of mint quarters, sending it to your account, walking it over to the bank of Hawaii and depositing it.

 

Or I used to do that. Okay. That makes sense. We used to buy, I used to buy like the special edition dollar coins from the US mint and then I’d have $10,000. $1 coins in my house. I’m like, okay, I got to use this. So I’ll go to Home Depot and I’ll buy you know how every time you go to Home Depot, I used to be a homeowner, but so every time I’d go, it’d be a hundred dollars.

 

And I use the self-checkout cause I don’t want to wait in line for the cashier. So I scan my things and then I get to pay and I’m literally putting one coin in at a time. Into the machine. I’ve got like this sack of coins and the people behind me think I’m crazy. And then, what are you buying?

 

I’m really quarters. Yeah. And the receipt counts every coin as a separate line item. So I get this long, like Walgreens, a CVS kind of receipt at the end. I don’t play those games anymore. Yeah. But no, it’s very common. I think a lot of us in the foam, we did. Craft like that in our twenties, maybe early thirties for the late bloomers.

 

Sometimes I still do that stuff, but yeah, definitely draw the line at, like a lot of the kids these days, they do the manufacturer spin or are they the last one? I heard that they’ll buy a really expensive laptop, like a five, $6,000 laptop from Apple. They’ll pay a hundred bucks with a debit card and then they’ll use the same, like they’re using a.

 

Visa debit card. They’re using visa credit cards to pay the manufacturer. So the, so it’s like a split tenor purchase. And then the next day and the return, the laptop would put it on that a hundred dollars debit card. I think that’s a little unethical in my opinion. I don’t know.

 

But that’s just what people do, that’s I don’t know. Yeah, you got all the time in the world. If only if you’re single and you have no kids, you could just do that all day long. You’d be at the mall, buying yourself all of the free Java juices and. That type of doing that type of stuff all day long, all day.

 

But yeah, I would agree, maybe drain the stout to 20, if you can. And then you’re planning. How long have you been doing like the stable coin and then the crypto investing? So you’ve got 30 grand and the stable coin and a hundred grand and more like Bitcoin Ethereum, the mainstays. Yeah. And I, it was at an accident because my plan was put it on to a stable point and maybe dabble just like 10, 20 grand in Bitcoin, just, just is more as play money, not as a serious investment, but then  I saw that the, some of the exchanges I was trying to use were charging a lot of fees for the stable coin because obviously they want to get, they want to get paid. And then I realized, Oh, I can buy Bitcoin. Instead it and not have to pay the fees and then I can just exchange it to trade it for a stable coin.

 

 I did that. I started doing that last month, bought Bitcoin and Ethereum and then it took off and I’m like, Oh man. Now how much did you put in there originally? Oh, I want to say I want to say Maybe like Haiti or something like that. So it’s gone up 10, 20 grand.

 

Like I can’t, I don’t remember exactly. When I started, I stopped trying to watch it. Yeah.It’s just kinda crazy. It’s fun but it’s not a good long-term strategy. I don’t think I’ll just keep some and just cause it’s fun just to speculate, but.

 

I’m not going to buy any more. I want to try it. I think I want to try to move some of it out into a real estate syndication, or maybe move it into a stable coin. I don’t know. It’s just hard, right? Because there’s so much hype and on those cryptocurrencies, everybody’s excited, I think.

 

And it’s going to go to the moon and I think it’s a nice time now. Not that it’s like that. It’s definitely past the early stages, but the nice thing I think is that the institutions have signed off on it and they’re involved. So that brings another layer of stability to this whole thing.  But my thing is keep it between one and 10%, 1% of your lower net worth 10%, if you’re higher net worth or above.

 

I think that’s  my goal post personally. Maybe I’d play around with 1% at this point. But it takes bandwidth to  learn it and.  That’s what we’re talking about in our group, right? It’s, you don’t need to know anything, a father, which is dangerous too.

 

I do. Th the speculative coins they’re no, they’re the rational part of my brain tells me it’s just dumb, right? There’s nothing back in it. It’s not like real estate where real estate actually can be cash flow and asset but the stable coin, I a little bit, because the Eagles are so good.

 

At one point I was getting 12% on my stable point, which is a dollar peg cryptocurrency and that’s, and it’s super liquid. I can just sell it whenever I want. So it’s just a man. It’s hard. There’s a little bit of risk there in that. I don’t know if the exchange could get hacked or whatever.

 

And they still have insurance too. It’s all new and uncharted territory I think. Yeah.  During the block five one, I think they give me like 8.6% on the stable coin, but you’re doing the other one then. Was it? Yeah. Celsius is at one point it was paying 12 for the stable point.

 

Now it’s around 10 and a half. Nexo pays pretty well also for their stable coin interest. I don’t know how they do it, but I probably should understand a little bit. Yeah. My understanding of Blockfi is probably the most secure of ’em right there. More the most. Financially like solvent when they’re there, they have insurance more than the others.

 

To me, I was like I don’t know about this stuff. I’m just going to go with the biggest one. I don’t care about making 10, 12% as opposed to 8.6 is good enough. As long as they don’t lose the whole damn thing. Yeah. That’s why I stayed with that one.  So Let’s say a deal comes up 50 grand.

 

Are you taking it from here? Or where are you taking it from? Or this retirement fund? So I would meet, I kinda think that the Mark, I don’t know, the market scares me. Yeah. More than the crypto. Okay. Yeah. So I’ve got a 401k That I want to pull money from. It’s the government ‘s called TSP thrift savings plan.

 

And I don’t like how I don’t. Their performance is not, has not been as good as my civilian 401k and my IRA, which has just been in a target retirement fidelity fund. And so I would like to pull money out of my TSP 401k account. But, some things considering it’s a Roth account.

 

So a majority of the balance should already have its taxes paid. So I’ll just have to pay the taxes on the gains. But I’m going to have to pay a 10% penalty over the entire amount. Did you do the care act thing last year? I maximized that and I did that for my wife too. And so I was a huge benefit.

 

I’m glad you mentioned that there was.  It was like a get out of jail free card. I hope they do something like that again, this year. I think they will. I hear more stimulus plans coming and I’m sure they’ll stuff that in there somewhere, then it’s getting confusing for the average person to understand it at this point.

 

There’s multiple of those. Get out of free jail cards. I think that’s the government never, it never makes things simple. So this TSP is Roth, then you’ve already paid the taxes on it. So this is where there’s really no path. There’s an art form. What I’ll normally say to people is like investor liquidity, except you’re investing in freaking crypto, which defies gravity.

 

 But then I, at that point, I usually listen to what you said. I feel I get a sense of fear for this stuff. I agree with you, take this stuff out, right? Just if nothing, for quality of life and peace of mind, because I would agree with you. I think all these stocks and I mean their all time highs, just basically because of four or $5 trillion pumped into the system this last year.

 

 The thing is, if I’m going to pay the taxes on it, I’m probably going to be in a higher tax bracket, in a couple of years. So take my medicine. Now. It won’t be as bad as later. Just something I’m thinking about. And I think because as we said earlier, your income is going to go up aggressively in the next three to five years, I would.

 

The plan I would recommend for you is to take as much out to get right up to that higher tax bracket. I think it’s about $330,000. AGI is the magic number. I think you want to shoot for it every single year. So that means leaking out.  Maybe you’re at one 50 now, so that’s 180 every year.

 

Yeah. I don’t know if that’s the meth, that’s the perfect number, but that’s the idea of post tax money or if your tax, bill stacks, the one, the non Roth stuff, right? Yeah. Yeah. So I think that’s, so this is your 401k stuff, like 170 grand. So you should knock that out next year, Ben, right?

 

Yeah. Understanding it right. Yeah. I’d like to and a lot of my pay right now is not taxed on my W2 job. There’s a little bit more space there. And also, yeah,  you got a lot of investible funds, so maybe the real plan I would suggest is like a plan on leaking this one 70 out in two years.

 

Okay. So go or maybe 50 in three years. There’s really? No. Cause you can take, if you get in trouble and, or not really in trouble, but if there’s like the after, do you have to deal three deals coming on in a row, just take it out of the Roth or you already paid the taxes on it, but have this, you’re on the three, four year plan to take this out.

 

And then this is being your get out of jail card or not bill bail you out in case there’s a lot of deal flow. But what are you doing? You’re doing that like an infinite banking thing. I think you should do that, man. Yeah, I’ve got some quotes and I’m trying to figure out how much I want to put as far as for the writer to do the additions.

 

But the way it was explained to me is that I should try to get a big policy now, and then I don’t want to put in the max that’s okay. As long as I’m putting in the minimum for the, of course the insurance salesman is going to say that. Yeah. I would like to, I’m learning a lot. Yeah. More about it.

 

And I’m still trying to figure out the strategy. I get it, like you have this cash value in there and then you want to buy a car and you just pull it out and you have a lot of benefits. Like you can not have you can self-insure and I have, comprehensive inclusion insurance and, get your insurance rates down.

 

 And then for deals, I can just. But 50 grand into my cash policy and then take the 50 grand now as a loan and invest in a deal and then just have that money out and we recapitalize it. But  yeah, I don’t know. I definitely am. Think it’s something I want to do. I just, I’m just trying to figure out a day-to-day strategy on using it.

 

I would disagree with this insurance salesman and I would say the first one you want to do is a little smaller. So you can understand the field for this thing and then size up to the one that you want to do maybe a year or a few years later. And just layered on top of the current one there, the reason why the salesman wants to do it is because most Americans are lazy and once they do something, they’re likely not going to do something again, as they continue to binge on Netflix and whatnot. So that’s why the insurance sells my hair. They want to get paid. So they want to load you up with the biggest thing right off the bat. 

 

I think for you personally you have a lot of liquidity lying around, I don’t know how you, how quickly you want to deploy this into deals where you’re at, you’ve already had some deals. Maybe plan on deploying, one a quarter at most, maybe. I dunno, but.  Nothing crazy. So like you’re at a good, good, a good steady state you’ve been investing for about a year now and to alternative assets. So what I mean. I’m kind, kinda like the fortune teller here Hey, tell me a little bit about yourself before I read your Palm or I like real estate.

 

I like being in real estate. I want to be as good as I can. How much were you thinking about putting into your life? The infinite banking every year for the five or six years. I was thinking something like 40 grand a year. I’m just throwing it out there, but it’s not really paced on anything other than I can just, I know I can hit that.

 

I can hit that number without it. I like that number. So here’s one, one general rule.  What I’ll do is I’ll take this net cash flow, which you’re making, you’re able to put away 80 grand a year and I get one third of that. Or I come up with that real just trust me. But one third of that is like 30 grand, right?

 

Yeah. That’s I would say that’s the low end for you, but because you have a lot of liquidity lying around here and you already telling me, you want to take this out and you have 180 here, I would push that a little higher. So I like how your initial. Guests were 40 grand higher than that. 30 grand.

 

But maybe if you want to go that cool. Like I said, you can always size up and put another one on top of that. I think at the bare minimum through 30 or 40 a year. Okay. But I think I don’t know. Maybe we just do 50, just do a round number. If you want to do it, you could do a hundred, I think, but I would rather you guys size into this stuff and get us.

 

Get a feel for this thing. Because there are downsides of it. The downside is it’s heavy fees at the beginning, right? So for the lower net worth guys with no liquidity who are listening, don’t do this. You’re not like Nick, but I don’t know. Maybe munch on that. Yeah. The other thing I was considering is the guaranteed return of 4%, that was going to go away at some point.

 

Because rates have been so low for a long time  motivating me to get a policy now, but I guess it would take a while to make that change. Yeah, I don’t understand. I don’t. I hear you guys talking about that to me. That’s just kind of noise because you’re not doing it for the rate of return anyway, where there goes down to two from four, I don’t care.

 

You don’t care, like all this other money, other places, right? This is just a place to start. Yeah.  If that rate goes down, wouldn’t the rates of borrowing it. Go down to. One would assume. Yeah, you’re right. You’re right. It doesn’t matter. It’s the way I’m looking at it, but I dunno, don’t let it, I think you should do this thing, but don’t let that’s just more sales tactics to create urgency is what I see.

 

Yeah. Yeah.  Everybody’s got to get theirs. Yeah. Yeah. No nobody does anything unless there’s some sense of urgency, even smart people, you got to trick them to do the right thing,  but yeah, I would do it. I don’t know. Yeah, like the 40 grand, I think you’re good with that. I really think if you wanted to wholeheartedly trust me, I would say, just do a hundred and you’re gonna take the money right back out and invest in any way.

 

But if you just wanted to set it and forget it, we’ll go with 30, 40 a year.  Yeah, cause what you’ll do is you’ll drain out your liquidity and you’ll place it right back to where it was essentially, because there’s going to be a couple years, at least where you’re going to be really fat with money and you’re.

 

And another reason why I’m saying that higher number, like a hundred grand a year  your income is going to be greatly increasing too, which is why I think you can be more aggressive with it. But yeah, get that done man, in the next six months. I’m pretty close. Like I did the medical exam and just knocked that out. And so I think I’m just to wait for the underwriter to do their thing and then they’ll come back to me with paperwork.

 

But yeah, the only other thing,  if you’ve got any other topics, the only other thing like me personally, and not saying that you should do this. But I think that’s why you have people around you that understand the stuff that you can have, these types of conversations, whether you and ICI or agree I will, if it were me, I would feel uncomfortable with it.

 

And a theory. Bitcoin or non-stable coin. That’s a lot of money there. What I would be doing is I would be sliding half of this and to a stable coin. And then I don’t know, that’s a big number. That’s 10% of your net worth into something new where you could like the news. If you lost half of it, that’d be 50 grand. You would feel like crap. That’s just how I quantify it in my head. I want to know what’s the magic number where like you lost 25 grand in this maybe.

 

And you’re like I’m going to go to the beach and not worry about it. So if that’s the case, then head your number down and your position down. I don’t know. I wouldn’t feel comfortable with this amount, but you can do what you want. You’re also going this, what? This will probably double and you’ll just rub it in my face and buy me dinner one day and say, don’t worry.

 

There’s a. 10,000 more dinners that I could buy you because I didn’t listen to what you said, crypto devil in the next six months. But that’s just how I would do it. I don’t know. Yeah. And your religion at this point, the way people believe in leaving cryptocurrency replacing the dollar or replacing not the dollar.

 

The dollar too, but I guess a more logical one would be gold as a store of wealth.  I’m coming around a little bit. I don’t fully believe in it, but I definitely use it. It was a haphazard way to invest that money. It wasn’t, I didn’t intentionally go into that big on it. Yeah. Yeah. What would you do if these are your currents and vacation holdings, if this was like triple right.

 

What would you do at that point? And would you just throw more into that or, I think that’s what you need to think where this is going. This is all, everything. Is an interim solution. So we get to the end game, but the end game never gets there because then ideally these deals should cash out and give you more money at that point.

 

But this it’s just, but then I think that at that point you get more and more ballsy with the stuff like once your net worth goes to $3 million, I think then this amount of money is appropriate right there. Like I said, For the guys who are in the lower net, net worth spectrum, I think a smaller position in crypto is appropriate, but as your net worth increases, yeah.

 

If you want to go to 5%, 10%, I think that I’m just thinking of him from a theoretical perspective, right? Like you want something very volatile, high risk, high reward.  It greatly increases as your net worth increases. I think. As a percentage, it’s just, I would look at it, but then again, you don’t get broke if you don’t take some chances

 

It’s hard. I fully believe both sides of the coin. Half of me thinks man, that is stupid to be having all that money in Bitcoin. It’s not real. It’s real, but it’s not based. It’s not, it. It’s not cash flowing. No assets. It’s just soft, pure speculation. I just look at the game. Look at how people believe in it.

 

Like they think it’s like the second coming of Christ. Yeah. This is a conversation I had multiple times last year when we’re doing that Chase Creek development deal, where I was like you guys who don’t have a good job, like if back then people were worried about their day jobs, right?

 

Especially the oil and gas guys. And I was like, if you have to worry about where your money is coming from, maybe this isn’t the deal to go into, maybe you’re looking for more of a cash flow deal, but then if they’re, they’re. But then I was like, how else are you going to get above, accredited status and beyond.

 

And if you don’t take some chances now, so I don’t know if those are two ends of the spectrum, make your own decision. Good luck. I definitely think you got to, you have to make some calculations. Risks and figure out where we’re willing to accept it. Cause if you go set no risks, it’s I dunno, you think about the guys who are scared to put money into anything and they have it all in their savings account, getting 0.5% high interest savings.

 

It’s wow that’s the worst thing that you could do. That’s just so you get nowhere with that.  But then before you buy crypto and it’s completely opposite of the spectrum no. What I think is wrong, there’s only one rule that’s certain here is to use the analogy of say we were like gambling in Vegas.

 

We need to have a certain set point on where to take the overflow of profits to at some point, because if we keep playing the game in the Las Vegas casino, we’re going to lose. That’s how the odds are paid. Now, maybe crypto isn’t the same type of game, but I think it’s prudent to like, maybe if this doubled.

 

The next six months, you have a pre plan to take some of that overflow into real hard assets. I think that’s the prudent thing to do. Like at least you set the terms, so you don’t get money drunk with all these returns. Cause in a way that might be what is happening here. You had a little nice 20% return, but that’s nothing like a lot of these kids have 10, 20, 30 X on their money.

 

Right now. But this stuff. Yeah, I, and I liked the strategy of having a diversification plan where certain assets, investment categories, you’re only going to have X amount of percent. And so crypto for me was 5% and I went way over that accidentally. And I, yeah I definitely see a lot of value in trying to.

 

Push that back down closer to 5% that might net worth and not go over more than over that. Because then I won’t cry at night if I use it. All right, you’re now you’re the, you’re up. You’re up on the house, but make sure you don’t lose, yeah. Cool. Yeah. We’ll wrap this up here.

 

If you guys like these, we have all these YouTube channels. And if you guys sign up for the club  there’s also a page with all these in order of networks. So you guys can see, find where you are in terms of net worth and start listing from there on and see what else is ahead of you guys.

 

Thanks Nick for putting yourself out there. I think a lot of people got some value out of this. If not, they’re just going to invest in crypto because they saw one guy do it. No, don’t do that. Don’t do that on my account, please. Financial advice. We’re here to get your own profession.

All right. Thanks guys. Okay. Thank you.

 

Non-qualifying Home Mortgages and HELOCS With Benson Pang

https://youtu.be/PVKHW4R35lY

Hey simple passive cashflow listeners. Today’s going to be a little bit more of an advanced topic or for some of you guys save for the later, it’s going to be talking about what do you do to qualify for a really big mortgages when you buy these really big houses that, you shouldn’t be affording it, but Hey, you got all this cash flow because you’ve been investing the right way.

 

Now again, might be a more advanced topic for later. But if you’re getting started and you’ve got a lot of home equity, if you’ve got more than 20% of your property, your home paid off, dude, you guys gotta do something with that, right? You guys should not be living by the mindset of paying off your house.

 

Right? There’s these two kinds of sets of paradigms out there, 99, 95, whatever. I’m just making this stuff up. I’m going to argue that 99% of people out there are really bad with their money. They’re not like folks like you who listen to financial podcasts, max out your 401k, good little boys and girls work your jobs.

 

High contributors to society pay most of the taxes. It’s not the wealthy people paying the taxes, that’s for sure. If you want to check out our tax guides, go to simplepassivecashflow.com/tax. If you’re interested in learning more about that type of stuff, and it’s not the poor people. Obviously, we’re not going to go down that road.

 

Now again, a lot of these people were people that look like grownups, that kind of act like kids financially, nothing wrong with this. Again, most people are like this, and this is why the mainstream financial advice out there on the street is buy your house to live in because y’all, can’t seem to keep your grubby hands off your money. So we need you to put your money into this house and pay it down over time. Before you spend all your money on all these things that you can manage your money in, create a budget for. But again, a lot of you guys aren’t like that,   there’s a paradigm shift here, the type of advice you’re moving away from this Dave Ramsey world, where you’re told to pay off your debt and you  use debt now responsibly.

 

And this is why you listen to this channel and you are supposed to use debt to your advantage. What I would suggest is to go to simplepassivecashflow.com/heloc if this whole concept is new to you, I am going to suggest checking out some of the articles I wrote in Forbes at simplepassivecashflow.com/debt.

 

It is a mindset shift. And I think that, you know that you understand it, but you may not embody it. And you’ve got to get around other people, right? You have to join our mastermind group, getting around other people who are taking a huge HELOCS and then taking it. The next level of getting things like secure backline of credits, secure Line of credits on the infinite banking policies is the next step.

 

And for somebody who’s just thinking about refinancing their home, that might make their head explode. And because it goes against everything we’ve been taught, like I always say, take advice from financially independent people moving on this path. Not from your parents, your friends, or family.

 

How are you going to spend 30, 40, 50 years paying down their house and that’s it. They’re going to be cash poor house rich. That’s not what you want to be. So again, all you guys, you’re going to get me to get a heloc first, because a lot of your equity is going to be trapped in your home equity right there.

 

HELOCS  are a great way. You don’t pay fees on it. The only downside is you’re not gonna be able to tap all their equity because the banks are gonna want to sandbag you on the evaluations to cover their old buds. But that’s fine, right? For a lot of you folks who have your properties paid off more than 30, 40% plus, that’s not a good thing.

 

Any time you’ve paid off your house more than 50% and you come into one of our events before are looking around oh my goodness, you need to stop doing that for your own good. And then put it into good investments where you’re going to create positive cash flow and grow your money.

 

And then that kind of creates gets you on the bandwagon for all these tax advantage investments. But, before I go into the whole simple passive cashflow, the trifecta, which is good investment, tax systems and infinite banking, I’m just going to send you to the websites simplepassivecashflow.com/heloc  to get started with that and enjoy the show because if you keep following this, it take most people like four to seven years to get on the bandwagon, get your passive income up by getting your lazy debt equity, which is typically in your home doing something. And if we get them doing something, at some point, it’s going to grow over time.

 

If you have a million and a half in the bank right now, it may not be in the bank. It may be in your home equity, retirement accounts,  if you get into something lame, that’s making 10%, which is very achievable in the alternative investment world. You’re making 150,000 probably tax free. You probably don’t need to be going to work tomorrow.

 

You have enough potential energy. You just have to really shift things and part of that is getting a heloc and putting that money in the right place. So it’s a knowledge game. It’s a mindset shift to get there. Fortunately, you’re gonna need a peer group to do that, but enjoy the show.

 

Hey folks, I got my buddy Benson Pang, a lender out of California, to help me out with a personal issue that I’m having. As a business owner, I am pretty good with my taxes and deductions, but in terms of dropping down my taxes, I drive it way down. If you guys want to see my taxes, I think last year, My AGI was 25 grand in 2019 or 2020. And then this year it’s probably gonna be something very similar. I haven’t gotten it back, definitely like nothing of course, but which excuse me for going into loans now. I co-sign on all my general partnership syndication deals, but it’s totally asset backed.

 

And the funny thing is they don’t care about credit score on my tax returns, they just based it off of the asset and my personal net worth. But unfortunately I can’t go buy a house here in Hawaii cause I don’t fit in their stupid box. For those of you guys who are business owners, this podcast has really pertained to you guys and it also may pertain to you guys. For those success stories out there, you guys want to buy those 1, 2, 3, $4 million.

 

Dream homes. I think today’s podcast is going to pertain to you guys. But this is the second time we have Benson on the podcast. Hey Benson, why don’t  you tell us your engineer to lend a story real quick.  Hey Lane. Good to see you again. I went to school for engineering and graduated civil engineering. I worked at a local utility company, new nuclear power plant for four years.

 

And God, my engineering, masters, professional engineering license, and gave it all up to be a loan officer.  As an engineer, I need someone to explain to me how a loan works in the engineering way. So the whole reason I did that is so I can benefit the engineer  crowd. So we got Benson to explain it in engineering, speak to me today.

 

So maybe it should explain to us like, okay, what options are available for weird folks like us in this situation. For weirdos, like you. I filed my taxes. I got with letter taxes. It’s just, you have a lot of legitimate deductions. And I think in 2020 a lot of self-employed borrowers will suffer for the most of the year. Really for the first eight months of the year is really uncertain. You don’t know where your next dollar is going to come in. You have to pivot very quickly. And hopefully by now of last year, you have already pivoted and started making some reasonable income. And a lot of times when we look at business bank statements, it shows that around August or September is when people started getting their regular deposits back. If you were to look at your 2020 tax returns, you’re going to be like, boy, how am I going to qualify for a loan?

 

Because the first nine months or eight months, it’s just crap. Recently there’s a lot of bank statement programs that pop back up as they allow us to use your business bank statements from your last 12 months to qualify you for a loan. So even in a conventional loan and a home equity line of credit, those are all requiring tax returns, business main statement loans.

 

We call it non QM loans. They don’t look at  your tax returns, and really only look at your business bank statements. So I’m right to think like the Fannie Mae Freddie Mac route is no blood. All of us don’t even waste my time. Yeah, I’ll take a look at it just to see if you qualify, there are things that I can add back but for the most part, yeah, you’re right.

 

It’s going, we typically glance at it and go straight to the business bank statements and a lot of people ask oh, I also have a lot of expenses on the business bank statement. My answer typically is I don’t worry about the expenses. We look at the deposits, legitimate business deposits, and then 50% is the most we’ll take from it.

 

We deduct 50% as your expense ratio in cases like real estate agents, where they don’t have a lot of expense. So we just need a CPA letter saying that, oh, their expense ratio is 10% or 15% and we can use most of that business deposit.

 

Even in a higher expense ratio type of business, I don’t know, manufacturing planner. That will use 50% yeah. You mentioned the 12 month rule. Would it behoove me to take all my income in a certain period of time and then lock it in? Is that part of the game? Yeah, basically. So the lenders we use have an AI technology where we send in bank statements, it spits out an income.

 

And obviously I know how that works. They add up all the business deposits and average in the last 12 months.   What about some business owners who do this S-corp salary, dividend split, where, I can show how much I make right. Are they going more on the business level or that S-corp  level where I can connect to and show my business level?

 

Since we’re  already looking at the business deposits. They’re not going to care about how much of the business paid you as a business owner. Let’s just go off like a million dollar home  this is what exponentially, the price of the home that you’re getting into. You still have to maintain a debt to income ratio, right?

 

If you’re buying a $1 million home, 20% down, your monthly payment is probably like $4,000 or $5,000. Ideally we want to see $10,000 after your expense ratio. So if it’s 50% and we wanted to see $20,000 gross being deposited into your business bank statements, average for the last 12 months or a million dollar purchase price.

 

Correct. Prices here in Hawaii and California are expensive. Yeah. And we go up to a one and a half or even $2 million in those business bank statement loans. What about there are some ballers in our group? What do you do when you’re trying to buy a $5 million home?

 

I asked the question because, like I rent where I live  and I should probably buy, but I just do it to motivate the young guys, give them somebody to aspire to, a good role model. So I don’t buy my house to live in. And I’ve been using this whole thing as an excuse.

 

Oh, I can’t qualify for a loan. But that’s why I’m asking you the question, what do you do when you’re at the end game and you actually want to have a place that you just sink money into, as a money pit. And you want to buy a $5 million, $10 million house. What are the options for that?

 

 At that $5- $10 million range, now we’re talking to a whole different loan. A lot of the loans go up to $3 million. And then when you get past that 3 million, you actually have to have some sort of banking relationship at that point. We also work with lenders that can go up to that level.

 

But now we were talking about okay, are you a private banker with XYZ bank? And now they can hook you up because you have $20 million sitting in that bank. Got it. Like  a lot of people get a collateralized loan on their cash value, life insurance. Morgan Stanley has that.

 

A lot of those wealth management companies have collateral. Like they use their cash as collateral. So that $3 million purchase price. Again, you just have to strategically find that full month period where you have 20 grand for every million dollars so 60,000 or a little under a million dollars  of income per year. But when you get above that mark, this sort of Johnny Walker blue label comes in and walking into some banks is like, just giving you the Johnny Walker blue label and you go divvy that up to your friends and lending partners. Like, how does that work? Asking for a friend, of course. It’s still all by the guidelines, right? But I think in that realm, guidelines are meant to be pushed a little bit. So let’s say someone who has less than required income, but they have other compensating factors, like they have a really high credit score or they have a lot of cash reserves.

 

Then that can be looked past. So it really depends on the price range. I think those borrowers all look very different. It’s not just an 80,000 to $190,000 engineering job. The one thing I’m concerned about doing is that I don’t want them to lock up dead  equity, right?

 

You hear these IUL, premium financing, these types of products that a lot of us talk about in end games scenarios. Like they don’t lock up a lot of your liquidity. You can’t touch it. It’s dead to you. It’s effective, like you put a down payment on something cause you can’t touch it.

 

That’s something I’m a little weary about. So what about this strategy? Let’s just say you went out and you bought the $5 million home cash. Can you get a heloc  and effectively strip out 80000 of that. That’s a lot of money for a heloc. When I think about a $5 million house, I might just invest enough with you and have the cash flow to rent a $5 million house, but that’s the problem, right?

 

At some point, that’s why I do what I do. I kinda currently rent a million dollar house. That’s an average house here in Hawaii, but when you start to get to that higher echelon three, four, $5 million to rent your option goes severely down. That’s true. Yeah. And the people who rent out to those people, they’re a little cookie, right?

 

They’re typically like international Asian investors that own that south. And they, for some reason, somebody tricked it into renting them and they just slipped this on a whim and they kicked you out. Like I don’t want to be kicked out of the place I live. That’s why, unfortunately to me, I have to buy at that point.

 

When you’re at that one, one and a half or even 2 million, I think it would be wise to buy. But if you were to take that money back out of your down payment money back out, you might have to wait a couple of years for that appreciation to happen before you can take the money out. I agree with you.

 

If you put that down payment on any half decent investment, you’re going to have a lot more fun. This is like, when you have such an amount of money you don’t care anymore. It’s more about enjoyment and quality of life, that’s what people tell me. I think at the $5 million, $10 million house, I don’t think it’s about money anymore at that point. Your taxes are like 40- 50 grand right there anyway.

 

Your property tax alone  it’s a lot. So you’re saying the banks would max out the amount of the heloc  thing. Like it’s not as simple as getting 80% of the value. Yeah. Is that the four or $5 million property? Yeah. But when we’re talking about let’s say let’s bring it back from Mars back to earth for a second.

 

For people like you and I, we have a $1 million house in LA or Hawaii, and perhaps your loan is up to six, five, 600,000 and you need a couple of hundred thousand. Usually the helocs  are not a problem, which kind of brings me to a lot of people asking me, like I asked, should I cash out?

 

Or should I take a heloc? How do you typically do? On earth, not mars, right? Like the heloc  you’re going to get away with less fees doing it that way it’s more flexible. To me, the downside is that HELOCS can be pulled at any point, whenever the world gets a little crazy. And I think the bank is always going to screw you with the appraisal.

 

They’re always going to shortchange you on that perspective. Effectively, you’re only getting if the advertised LTV was 80% email and he gets 75 or 70, but at least you don’t have to pay a lending broker and go through all the blood draws of DNA samples and pay fees too. I don’t know what you would do?

 

 I’ve gotten a couple of helocs  myself and a couple of times I, they actually asked for more documents and when I was refinancing myself.    They actually asked for more because when you get a heloc  now you’re at the bank level, you’re at their mercy of their guidelines, their heloc  guidelines.

 

And each bank might have a different guideline. The US bank or bank of the west, they one might ask for two years of tax returns. One may ask for one year. But if you’re doing a conventional loan, you already know what the guideline is. So to me it’s a similar difficulty and even on a cash out, you can do a no point and maybe even no fees kind of cash out refinance. The pros and cons are number one. I need a HELOC, or why do you need a HELOC?  I need access to money from the equity, right from my house. Why do you need it? Is it for the short term or is it for the long-term? To me HELOC is more like the short term.

 

Like you said, less secure because they can pull it anytime when there’s an economic downturn. They can pull it to today. Tomorrow. Wells Fargo froze everyone’s personal line of credit, even though they unfreeze. I think a couple days ago but it shows that they can do what they want to do with their line of credit.

 

What about the jumbles is conventional financing, right? So for me, there’s no chance that even looking at that, when it comes to jumbo, you’re looking at an even lower debt to income ratio, right? 43, a debt to income ratio instead of 45-50. And they asked for more documents. So a lot of times in LA our clients who are looking at 1.1, 1.2, we in 20% down, we sometimes help them do what we call a piggyback loan, where they get the first loan as a conventional loan, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac loan, and then a second as a piggyback HELOC.

 

So it was a smaller amount where they can manage to pay off in the next 10 years. Again, heloc  has a ten-year drought term adjustable rate. It can turn into a fixed loan after 10 years at market rate. And that like whenever that fateful day comes, when I give you that call, you may choose to piece it in that fashion or go to somebody in your black book to get the whole thing as a business loan or  the non QM. See, that’s a thing too. Bank statements are just one of them. There’s 1099 loans where, you get a 1099, you’re a truck driver. You could be a real estate broker and you get a 1099. I can go off of that 1099 instead of bank statements. And or if you have a couple million dollars sitting in a bank and you just don’t have active income, we can actually use something called asset depletion loan.

 

You, you have $2 million, we divide by 84. And that’s your monthly income? That sounds like a lot of people in the mastermind are getting like they’re stuffing their cash value and over time, maybe it goes to over a million dollars. They can take the loan from Penn mutual or whoever they’re working with at 5% or they can take it to one of these little small banks and get 3.5%.

 

That seems to be that option for that. Is that the same term for what that is?  Yeah, you can actually get a bank statement, loan or asset depletion loan for three and a half depending on your down payment amount and credit score range between three and a half to four, that’s another option.

 

What about another person who mentioned to me that just getting a straight up business loan is not on your house. But you get a business loan on your business, but then you just use that to pay cash for the property and you collateralize a loan with the property. I would say, if you can get it collateralized using the home instead of a business loan,  that would be the wisest, just because it’s going to be stupid, expensive to get a business loan.

 

And they always trick you. I got a letter from American express the other day. Oh, working capital loan, only 0.75%. I’m like, oh my God, 0.75% per year. And then I looked into the fine print it’s per month. And if you multiply that by 12 that’s a 9% interest rate. Yeah. That’s how all of these online banks make money, right?

 

Like they’re all free and they have good services, but they send out these teaser rates for working capital or essentially like payday loans for business owners or online people. That’s how they’re making money. That’s all online banks are. And sometimes I just like to look at those letters and try to call in and see what they really are.

 

And I got offered a 13% interest rate loan by some lendme.com or something. And I’m like, dang, that’s predatory. I mean it’s white collar payday loans essentially on the internet, essentially what it is. That’s why we do infinite banking, right? You stuff, money in there and you don’t have to deal with one of these guys.

 

You can just bank from yourself.  You bankrupt yourself and you have to start young too. It’s not something you want to start. You start whenever you can. You can be 25 year old. You can be 55 year old. You just gotta start somewhere. Never too late to start infinite banking.

 

Going back to this first world problem. Big home purchase, which by the way, I’m not doing guys relax. Oh my goodness, that’s an expensive home. It’s kinda just curious like what the interest rates are, what are the options? Planning ahead, but if you exhaust all options, all I’m hearing is just, we’ll go talk to you.

 

There’s a way to do it at the end of the day. I think if you’re Lane or you comfortable living in it for the next five, 10 years, I think it might be a good time to consider the options.

 

Folks, if you guys are in similar positions as this going to Mars scenario reach out to Benson Pang, nestmade.com. He’ll help you out. You guys can guinea pig it  for me and then that way Benson knows what to do when I finally come knocking. When you get that $10 million property. We’re going to party in it. One of these days. Thanks for jumping on Benson. Appreciate it. Hey, thanks Lane.

 

Family Estate Planning Toolkit











Get FREE access to my Family Estate Planning Toolkit